From bb19f0261f11490d90d4d9f523b2b71a0923c90b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Trigaux Date: Tue, 10 Aug 2021 11:15:38 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] *: export pot files --- locale/sources/administration.pot | 3455 +++++++++++++------------- locale/sources/applications.pot | 10 +- locale/sources/contributing.pot | 1499 ++++++----- locale/sources/finance.pot | 2871 ++++++++------------- locale/sources/general.pot | 1218 ++++----- locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot | 538 +--- locale/sources/marketing.pot | 160 +- locale/sources/productivity.pot | 275 +- locale/sources/sales.pot | 781 ++---- locale/sources/services.pot | 620 +---- locale/sources/sphinx.pot | 129 +- locale/sources/websites.pot | 292 ++- 12 files changed, 4669 insertions(+), 7179 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/sources/administration.pot b/locale/sources/administration.pot index e1683ca40..dcb8fa92a 100644 --- a/locale/sources/administration.pot +++ b/locale/sources/administration.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-08-10 09:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,516 +16,1518 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/administration.rst:3 -msgid "Administration" +#: ../../content/administration.rst:8 +msgid "Install and Maintain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management.rst:3 -msgid "Database Management" +#: ../../content/administration.rst:10 +msgid "These guides provide instructions on how to install, maintain and upgrade Odoo databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:6 -msgid "Online Database management" +#: ../../content/administration.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`History of Versions `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "To manage your databases, access the `database management page `__ (you will have to sign in). Then click on the `Manage Your Databases `__ button." +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:5 +msgid "Install" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:16 -msgid "Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that database." +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up a Content Delivery Network (CDN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:20 -msgid "Several actions are available:" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:8 +msgid "Deploying with KeyCDN_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:26 -msgid ":ref:`Upgrade `" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:12 +msgid "This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with your Odoo powered website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:26 -msgid "Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge features" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:16 +msgid "Step 1: Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`Duplicate `" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:21 +msgid "When creating the zone, enable the CORS option in the :guilabel:`advanced features` submenu. (more on that later)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:29 -msgid "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new flows without compromising your daily operations" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:27 +msgid "Once done, you'll have to wait a bit while KeyCDN_ is crawling your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`Rename `" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:32 +msgid "a new URL has been generated for your Zone, in this case it is ``http://pulltest-b49.kxcdn.com``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:33 -msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:36 +msgid "Step 2: Configure the odoo instance with your zone" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "**Backup**" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:38 +msgid "In the Odoo back end, go to the :guilabel:`Website Settings`: menu, then activate the CDN support and copy/paste your zone URL in the :guilabel:`CDN Base URL` field. This field is only visible and configurable if you have developer mode activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:35 -msgid "Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:46 +msgid "Now your website is using the CDN for the resources matching the :guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:38 -msgid ":ref:`Domains `" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:49 +msgid "You can have a look to the HTML of your website in order to check if the CDN integration is properly working." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:38 -msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:57 +msgid "Why should I activate CORS?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`Delete `" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:59 +msgid "A security restriction in some browsers (Firefox and Chrome at time of writing) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on this same external server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:41 -msgid "Delete a database instantly" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:63 +msgid "If you don't activate the CORS option in the CDN zone, the more obvious resulting problem on a default Odoo website will be the lack of font-awesome icons because the font file declared in the font-awesome CSS won't be loaded on the remote server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:44 -msgid "Contact Support" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:68 +msgid "Here's what you would see on your homepage in such a case:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:43 -msgid "Access our `support page `__ with the correct database already selected" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:73 +msgid "A security error message will also appear in the browser's console:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:49 -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:11 -msgid "Upgrade" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:78 +msgid "Enabling the CORS option in the CDN fixes this issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:51 -msgid "Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test the process before upgrading your production database." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:3 +msgid "System configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online experience." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:5 +msgid "This document describes basic steps to set up Odoo in production or on an internet-facing server. It follows :ref:`installation `, and is not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on the internet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:58 -msgid "The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:10 +msgid "If you are setting up a public server, be sure to check our :ref:`security` recommandations!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:64 -msgid "Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps (e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:15 +msgid "dbfilter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:72 -msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:17 +msgid "Odoo is a multi-tenant system: a single Odoo system may run and serve a number of database instances. It is also highly customizable, with customizations (starting from the modules being loaded) depending on the \"current database\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:74 -msgid "You request a test upgrade" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:21 +msgid "This is not an issue when working with the backend (web client) as a logged-in company user: the database can be selected when logging in, and customizations loaded afterwards." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:75 -msgid "Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual database" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:25 +msgid "However it is an issue for non-logged users (portal, website) which aren't bound to a database: Odoo needs to know which database should be used to load the website page or perform the operation. If multi-tenancy is not used that is not an issue, there's only one database to use, but if there are multiple databases accessible Odoo needs a rule to know which one it should use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:77 -msgid "The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the same." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:31 +msgid "That is one of the purposes of :option:`--db-filter `: it specifies how the database should be selected based on the hostname (domain) that is being requested. The value is a `regular expression`_, possibly including the dynamically injected hostname (``%h``) or the first subdomain (``%d``) through which the system is being accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:79 -msgid "First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the `database management page `__." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:37 +msgid "For servers hosting multiple databases in production, especially if ``website`` is used, dbfilter **must** be set, otherwise a number of features will not work correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:82 -msgid "You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:42 +msgid "Configuration samples" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:85 -msgid "On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:44 +msgid "Show only databases with names beginning with 'mycompany'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:92 -msgid "You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By default, we select the highest available version available for your database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we released a more recent version during your tests)." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:101 -msgid "By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead and asking another request will not be possible." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 +msgid "Show only databases matching the first subdomain after ``www``: for example the database \"mycompany\" will be shown if the incoming request was sent to ``www.mycompany.com`` or ``mycompany.co.uk``, but not for ``www2.mycompany.com`` or ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:106 -msgid "A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:67 +msgid "Setting a proper :option:`--db-filter ` is an important part of securing your deployment. Once it is correctly working and only matching a single database per hostname, it is strongly recommended to block access to the database manager screens, and to use the ``--no-database-list`` startup parameter to prevent listing your databases, and to block access to the database management screens. See also security_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:114 -msgid "**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!** Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your test database through our `Support page `__." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:325 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:486 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:655 +msgid "PostgreSQL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:122 -msgid "Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:78 +msgid "By default, PostgreSQL only allows connection over UNIX sockets and loopback connections (from \"localhost\", the same machine the PostgreSQL server is installed on)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:127 -msgid "Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once the process is completed." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:82 +msgid "UNIX socket is fine if you want Odoo and PostgreSQL to execute on the same machine, and is the default when no host is provided, but if you want Odoo and PostgreSQL to execute on different machines [#different-machines]_ it will need to `listen to network interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:138 -msgid "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between 30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your migration during non-business hours." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:87 +msgid "Only accept loopback connections and `use an SSH tunnel`_ between the machine on which Odoo runs and the one on which PostgreSQL runs, then configure Odoo to connect to its end of the tunnel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:144 -msgid "Duplicating a database" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:90 +msgid "Accept connections to the machine on which Odoo is installed, possibly over ssl (see `PostgreSQL connection settings`_ for details), then configure Odoo to connect over the network" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:146 -msgid "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" database can duplicate without problem." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:151 -msgid "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:97 +msgid "Allow tcp connection on localhost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:158 -msgid "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a database, all external communication will remain active:" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:98 +msgid "Allow tcp connection from 192.168.1.x network" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:161 -msgid "Emails are sent" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:100 +msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql/9.5/main/pg_hba.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:163 -msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for example)" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:108 +msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql/9.5/main/postgresql.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:166 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:119 +msgid "Configuring Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:168 -msgid "Etc." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:121 +msgid "Out of the box, Odoo connects to a local postgres over UNIX socket via port 5432. This can be overridden using :ref:`the database options ` when your Postgres deployment is not local and/or does not use the installation defaults." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:170 -msgid "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these behaviours to be disabled." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:126 +msgid "The :ref:`packaged installers ` will automatically create a new user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:173 -msgid "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:129 +msgid "The database management screens are protected by the ``admin_passwd`` setting. This setting can only be set using configuration files, and is simply checked before performing database alterations. It should be set to a randomly generated value to ensure third parties can not use this interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:178 -msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:134 +msgid "All database operations use the :ref:`database options `, including the database management screen. For the database management screen to work requires that the PostgreSQL user have ``createdb`` right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:186 -msgid "Rename a Database" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:138 +msgid "Users can always drop databases they own. For the database management screen to be completely non-functional, the PostgreSQL user needs to be created with ``no-createdb`` and the database must be owned by a different PostgreSQL user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:188 -msgid "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you want to rename, access the `database management page `__ and click **Rename**. You will have to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:142 +msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:199 -msgid "Deleting a Database" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:147 +msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:201 -msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:148 +msgid "port 5432" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:203 -msgid "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily backup may be several hours old at that point." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:149 +msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:209 -msgid "From the `database management page `__, on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" button." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:150 +msgid "with 'pwd' as a password" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:216 -msgid "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:151 +msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:222 -msgid "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload automatically." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:168 +msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:226 -msgid "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:170 +msgid "Since Odoo 11.0, you can enforce ssl connection between Odoo and PostgreSQL. in Odoo the db_sslmode control the ssl security of the connection with value chosen out of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or 'verify-full'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:228 -msgid "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support `__" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:175 +msgid "`PostgreSQL Doc `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_online.rst:232 -msgid "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support `__" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:180 +msgid "Builtin server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 +msgid "Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or multiprocessing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 +msgid "For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +msgid "Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of worker processes `, the number of workers should be based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +msgid "Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid resources exhaustion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 +msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +msgid "Cron workers need CPU" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +msgid "memory size calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +msgid "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +msgid "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +msgid "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) + (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +msgid "LiveChat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +msgid "In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and listening on :option:`the longpolling port ` but the client will not connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 +msgid "Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with ``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied to the :option:`normal HTTP port `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +msgid "To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to have Odoo read those headers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theorical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theorical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +msgid "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of Odoo must use HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. SSL termination can be implemented via just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +msgid "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +msgid "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure connections to the secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +msgid "Redirect http requests to https" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:344 +msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:346 +msgid "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. That script should be customized (possibly after copying it from the setup directory) to correctly set the configuration directly in :mod:`odoo.tools.config` rather than through the command-line or a configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +msgid "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:357 +msgid "Cron Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:359 +msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361 +msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:362 +msgid "Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via :option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 +msgid "Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = False`` in the configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +msgid "The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:377 +msgid "This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting for notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 +msgid "The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 +msgid "Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the cron instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388 +msgid "Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with ``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:393 +msgid "Serving Static Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:395 +msgid "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static files should generally be served by a static HTTP server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 +msgid "Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files can be served by intercepting all requests to :samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, and looking up the right module (and file) in the various addons paths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:196 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +msgid "test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore hash in the database?)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +msgid "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +msgid "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the first important things you should be sure to include in your security action plan. The rest will come from best security practices for your operating system and distribution, best practices in terms of users, passwords, and access control management, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:422 +msgid "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the following security-related topics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:425 +msgid "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See :ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:428 +msgid "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for day-to-day operations, only for controlling/managing the installation. *Never* use any default passwords like admin/admin, even for test/staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 +msgid "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +msgid "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the hostname. See :ref:`db_filter`. You may also use :option:`-d ` to provide your own (comma-separated) list of available databases to filter from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:444 +msgid "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to prevent listing databases entirely, and to block access to the database management screens (this is also exposed as the :option:`--no-database-list ` command-line option)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:450 +msgid "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is *not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. For example they could be owned by the ``postgres`` super-user if you are using a dedicated non-privileged ``db_user``. See also :ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 +msgid "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +msgid "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:462 +msgid "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. SSL certificates are cheap, and many free options exist. Configure the web proxy to limit the size of requests, set appropriate timeouts, and then enable the :option:`proxy mode ` option. See also :ref:`https_proxy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:469 +msgid "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly recommended to entirely disable password-based authentication, and only allow public key authentication. Also consider restricting access via a VPN, allowing only trusted IPs in the firewall, and/or running a brute-force detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:475 +msgid "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also :ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:479 +msgid "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you should consult with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:483 +msgid "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security precautions as for production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 +msgid "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate firewall rules to protect those internal resources. This will ensure that the Odoo server cannot be used accidentally (or as a result of malicious user actions) to access or disrupt those internal resources. Typically this can be done by applying an outbound default DENY rule on the firewall, then only explicitly authorizing access to internal resources that the Odoo server needs to access. `Systemd IP traffic access control `_ may also be useful to implement per-process network access control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 +msgid "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a similar network-level device, you may wish to avoid direct access to the Odoo system. It is generally difficult to keep the endpoint IP addresses of your Odoo servers secret. For example they can appear in web server logs when querying public systems, or in the headers of emails posted from Odoo. In such a situation you may want to configure your firewall so that the endpoints are not accessible publicly except from the specific IP addresses of your WAF, load-balancer or proxy service. Service providers like CloudFlare usually maintain a public list of their IP address ranges for this purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:509 +msgid "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +msgid "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 +msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:520 +msgid "For internet-facing deployments, brute force attacks on user passwords are very common, and this threat should not be neglected for Odoo servers. Odoo emits a log entry whenever a login attempt is performed, and reports the result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:524 +msgid "The log entries will have the following form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:526 +msgid "Failed login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 +msgid "Successful login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:535 +msgid "These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as `fail2ban`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:537 +msgid "For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:544 +msgid "This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on HTTP(S)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:546 +msgid "Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:560 +msgid "Database Manager Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:562 +msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:564 +msgid "This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, dump or restore databases)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:567 +msgid "If the management screens must not be accessible at all, you should set ``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to block access to all the database selection and management screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +msgid "It is strongly recommended to disable the Database Manager for any internet-facing system! It is meant as a development/demo tool, to make it easy to quickly create and manage databases. It is not designed for use in production, and may even expose dangerous features to attackers. It is also not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:579 +msgid "On production systems, database management operations should always be performed by the system administrator, including provisioning of new databases and automated backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:582 +msgid "Be sure to setup an appropriate ``db_name`` parameter (and optionally, ``db_filter`` too) so that the system can determine the target database for each request, otherwise users will be blocked as they won't be allowed to choose the database themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:587 +msgid "If the management screens must only be accessible from a selected set of machines, use the proxy server's features to block access to all routes starting with ``/web/database`` except (maybe) ``/web/database/selector`` which displays the database-selection screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:591 +msgid "If the database-management screen should be left accessible, the ``admin_passwd`` setting must be changed from its ``admin`` default: this password is checked before allowing database-alteration operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 +msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:604 +msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:606 +msgid "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 +msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:611 +msgid "Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:612 +msgid "Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:613 +msgid "Microsoft Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:614 +msgid "Apple Safari" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:616 +msgid "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its publisher before filing a bug report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:621 +msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:624 +msgid "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to provide more computing resources to both software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:627 +msgid "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX sockets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:631 +msgid "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes usage of WiFi. Even over secure packet-switched networks, deployment over HTTPS is recommended, and possible costs are lowered as \"self-signed\" certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:3 +msgid "Email gateway" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:5 +msgid "The Odoo mail gateway allows you to inject directly all the received emails in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:7 +msgid "Its principle is straightforward: your SMTP server executes the \"mailgate\" script for every new incoming email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:9 +msgid "The script takes care of connecting to your Odoo database through XML-RPC, and send the emails via the `MailThread.message_process()` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:13 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:14 +msgid "Administrator access to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:15 +msgid "Your own mail server such as Postfix or Exim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:16 +msgid "Technical knowledge on how to configure an email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:19 +msgid "For Postfix" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:20 +msgid "In you alias config (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:41 +msgid "Resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:29 +msgid "`Postfix `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:30 +msgid "`Postfix aliases `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:31 +msgid "`Postfix virtual `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:35 +msgid "For Exim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:43 +msgid "`Exim `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:46 +msgid "If you don't have access/manage your email server, use :ref:`inbound messages `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:8 +msgid "There are multiple ways to install Odoo, or not install it at all, depending on the intended use case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:11 +msgid "This documents attempts to describe most of the installation options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:14 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/online`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:14 +msgid "The easiest way to use Odoo in production or to try it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:18 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/packaged`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:17 +msgid "Suitable for testing Odoo, developing modules and can be used for long-term production use with additional deployment and maintenance work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/source`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:21 +msgid "Provides greater flexibility: e.g. allow multiple running Odoo versions on the same system. Good for developing modules, can be used as base for production deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`setup/install/docker`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:26 +msgid "If you usually use docker_ for development or deployment, an official docker_ base image is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:33 +msgid "Editions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:35 +msgid "There are two different Editions_ of Odoo: the Community and Enterprise versions. Using the Enterprise version is possible on our SaaS_ and accessing the code is restricted to Enterprise customers and partners. The Community version is freely available to anyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:40 +msgid "If you already use the Community version and wish to upgrade to Enterprise, please refer to :ref:`setup/enterprise` (except for :ref:`setup/install/source`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:47 +msgid "Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:50 +msgid "Demo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:52 +msgid "To simply get a quick idea of Odoo, demo_ instances are available. They are shared instances which only live for a few hours, and can be used to browse around and try things out with no commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:56 +msgid "Demo_ instances require no local installation, just a web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:59 +msgid "SaaS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:61 +msgid "Trivial to start with, fully managed and migrated by Odoo S.A., Odoo's SaaS_ provides private instances and starts out free. It can be used to discover and test Odoo and do non-code customizations (i.e. incompatible with custom modules or the Odoo Apps Store) without having to install it locally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:66 +msgid "Can be used for both testing Odoo and long-term production use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:68 +msgid "Like demo_ instances, SaaS_ instances require no local installation, a web browser is sufficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:75 +msgid "Packaged installers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:77 +msgid "Odoo provides packaged installers for Windows, deb-based distributions (Debian, Ubuntu, …) and RPM-based distributions (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL, …) for both the Community and Enterprise versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:81 +msgid "These packages automatically set up all dependencies (for the Community version), but may be difficult to keep up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:84 +msgid "Official Community packages with all relevant dependency requirements are available on our nightly_ server. Both Communtiy and Enterprise packages can be downloaded from our download_ page (you must to be logged in as a paying customer or partner to download the Enterprise packages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:252 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:92 +msgid "Download the installer from our nightly_ server (Community only) or the Windows installer from the download_ page (any edition)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:94 +msgid "Execute the downloaded file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:0 +msgid "On Windows 8 and later you may see a warning titled \"Windows protected your PC\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:0 +msgid "Click on **More Info** and then on **Run anyway**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:99 +msgid "Accept the UAC_ prompt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:100 +msgid "Go through the various installation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo will automatically be started at the end of the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:416 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:108 +msgid "Debian/Ubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:110 +msgid "Odoo 13.0 'deb' package currently supports `Debian Buster`_, `Ubuntu 18.04`_ or above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:113 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:186 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:464 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:633 +msgid "Prepare" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL`_ server to run properly. The default configuration for the Odoo 'deb' package is to use the PostgreSQL server on the same host as your Odoo instance. Execute the following command in order to install the PostgreSQL server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:123 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:538 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:700 +msgid "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed manually in version `0.12.5 `_ for it to support headers and footers. See our `wiki `_ for more details on the various versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:204 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:131 +msgid "Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used with Debian and Ubuntu distributions. It can be used to install *Odoo Community Edition* by executing the following commands **as root**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:140 +msgid "You can then use the usual `apt-get upgrade` command to keep your installation up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:142 +msgid "At this moment, there is no nightly repository for the Enterprise Edition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:145 +msgid "Deb Package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:147 +msgid "Instead of using the repository as described above, the 'deb' packages for both the *Community* and *Enterprise* editions can be downloaded from the `official download page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:150 +msgid "Next, execute the following commands **as root**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:158 +msgid "This will install Odoo as a service, create the necessary PostgreSQL_ user and automatically start the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:161 +msgid "The `python3-xlwt` Debian package does not exists in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04. This python module is needed to export into xls format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:164 +msgid "If you need the feature, you can install it manually with:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:170 +msgid "The `num2words` python package does not exists in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04. Textual amounts will not be rendered by Odoo and this could cause problems with the `l10n_mx_edi` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:174 +msgid "If you need this feature, you can install manually with:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:181 +msgid "Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:183 +msgid "Odoo 13.0 'rpm' package supports Fedora 30." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:187 +msgid "Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL`_ server to run properly. Make sure that the `sudo` command is available and well configured and, only then, execute the following command in order to install the PostgreSQL server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:206 +msgid "Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used with the Fedora distributions. It can be used to install *Odoo Community Edition* by executing the following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:218 +msgid "RPM package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:220 +msgid "Instead of using the repository as described above, the 'rpm' packages for both the *Community* and *Enterprise* editions can be downloaded from the `official download page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:223 +msgid "Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package manager:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:235 +msgid "Source Install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:237 +msgid "The source \"installation\" is really about not installing Odoo, and running it directly from source instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:240 +msgid "This can be more convenient for module developers as the Odoo source is more easily accessible than using packaged installation (for information or to build this documentation and have it available offline)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:244 +msgid "It also makes starting and stopping Odoo more flexible and explicit than the services set up by the packaged installations, and allows overriding settings using :ref:`command-line parameters ` without needing to edit a configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:248 +msgid "Finally it provides greater control over the system's set up, and allows to more easily keep (and run) multiple versions of Odoo side-by-side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:255 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:419 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:588 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:421 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:590 +msgid "There are two ways to obtain the source code of Odoo: as a zip **archive** or through **git**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:260 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:593 +msgid "Archive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:262 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:279 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:426 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:443 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:595 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:612 +msgid "Community Edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:270 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:428 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:434 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:597 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:603 +msgid "`Official download page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:598 +msgid "`GitHub repository `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:430 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:599 +msgid "`Nightly server `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:268 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:432 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:601 +msgid "Enterprise Edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:435 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:604 +msgid "`GitHub repository `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:438 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:607 +msgid "Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:609 +msgid "The following requires git_ to be installed on your machine and that you have basic knowledge of git commands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:286 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:450 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:619 +msgid "Enterprise Edition: (see :ref:`setup/install/editions` to get access)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:456 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:625 +msgid "**The Enterprise git repository does not contain the full Odoo source code**. It is only a collection of extra add-ons. The main server code is in the Community version. Running the Enterprise version actually means running the server from the Community version with the addons-path option set to the folder with the Enterprise version. You need to clone both the Community and Enterprise repository to have a working Odoo Enterprise installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:303 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:636 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:305 +msgid "Odoo requires Python 3.6 or later to run. Visit `Python's download page `_ to download and install the latest version of Python 3 on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:308 +msgid "During installation, check **Add Python 3 to PATH**, then click **Customize Installation** and make sure that **pip** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:472 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:641 +msgid "If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.6 or above, as previous versions are not compatible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:318 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:479 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:648 +msgid "Verify also that pip_ is installed for this version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:327 +msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. `Download and install PostgreSQL `_ (supported version: 10.0 and later)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:330 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:497 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:660 +msgid "By default, the only user is `postgres` but Odoo forbids connecting as `postgres`, so you need to create a new PostgreSQL user:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:333 +msgid "Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default: `C:\\\\Program Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\\\\\bin`) to your `PATH`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:335 +msgid "Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:337 +msgid "Open **pgAdmin**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:338 +msgid "Double-click the server to create a connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:339 +msgid "Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:340 +msgid "Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g. `odoo`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:341 +msgid "Open the **Definition** tab and enter the password (e.g. ``odoo``), then click **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:342 +msgid "Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create database?** to `Yes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:509 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:672 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:348 +msgid "Before installing the dependencies, you must download and install the `Build Tools for Visual Studio `_. When prompted, select **C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:674 +msgid "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the root of the Odoo community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:355 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:526 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:677 +msgid "It can be preferable to not mix python modules packages between different instances of Odoo or with your system. You can use virtualenv_ to create isolated Python environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:358 +msgid "Navigate to the path of your Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator privileges**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:543 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:705 +msgid "For languages with right-to-left interface (such as Arabic or Hebrew), the package `rtlcss` is needed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:375 +msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:547 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:709 +msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:382 +msgid "Edit the System Environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where `rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: `C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:554 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:716 +msgid "Running Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:556 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:718 +msgid "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of the Odoo Community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:721 +msgid "To configure the server, you can either specify :ref:`command-line arguments ` or a :ref:`configuration file `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:394 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:562 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:724 +msgid "For the Enterprise edition, you must add the path to the `enterprise` addons to the `addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in `addons-path` for addons to be loaded correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:398 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:566 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:728 +msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:400 +msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:571 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:733 +msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults, to load your own modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:735 +msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:410 +msgid "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, `dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password and `mydb` is the default database to serve on `localhost:8069`. You can add other directory paths separated by a comma to ``addons`` at the end of the addons-path option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:469 +msgid "Odoo requires Python 3.6 or later to run. Use your package manager to download and install Python 3 on your machine if it is not already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:488 +msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. Use your package manager to download and install PostgreSQL (supported version: 10.0 and later)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:491 +msgid "On Debian/Unbuntu, it can be achieved by executing the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:505 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:668 +msgid "Because your PostgreSQL user has the same name as your Unix login, you will be able to connect to the database without password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:511 +msgid "For libraries using native code, it is necessary to install development tools and native dependencies before the Python dependencies of Odoo. They are available in `-dev` or `-devel` packages for Python, PostgreSQL, libxml2, libxslt1, libevent, libsasl2 and libldap2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:515 +msgid "On Debian/Unbuntu, the following command should install all the required libraries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:529 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:680 +msgid "Navigate to the path of your Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:546 +msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with your package manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:568 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:730 +msgid "PostgreSQL user and password. Odoo has no defaults beyond `psycopg2's defaults `_: connects over a UNIX socket on port `5432` with the current user and no password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:580 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:742 +msgid "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation and `mydb` is the default database to serve on `localhost:8069`. You can add other directory paths separated by a comma to ``addons`` at the end of the addons-path option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:585 +msgid "Mac OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:638 +msgid "Odoo requires Python 3.6 or later to run. Use your preferred package manager (homebrew_, macports_) to download and install Python 3 on your machine if it is not already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:657 +msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. Use `postgres.app `_ to download and install PostgreSQL (supported version: 10.0 and later)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:689 +msgid "Non-Python dependencies need to be installed with a package manager:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:691 +msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:697 +msgid "Download and install the package manager of your choice (homebrew_, macports_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:698 +msgid "Install non-python dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:708 +msgid "Download and install **nodejs** with your preferred package manager (homebrew_, macports_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:750 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:147 +msgid "Docker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:752 +msgid "The full documentation on how to use Odoo with Docker can be found on the official Odoo `docker image `_ page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain.rst:5 +msgid "Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:6 msgid "On-premises Database management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:9 msgid "Register a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:11 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:11 msgid "To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu (Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:19 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:19 msgid "Registration Error Message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:21 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:21 msgid "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:30 -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:109 -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:137 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:109 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:137 msgid "Solutions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:32 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:34 msgid "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo Account `__ or with your Account Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:38 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:40 msgid "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a development database? `Find a partner `__)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:44 msgid "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract `__ with the button \"Unlink database\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:51 msgid "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database as it will be deactivated shortly:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:58 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:60 -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:170 msgid "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:63 msgid "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID. Please check on your `Odoo Contract `__, a short message will appear specifying which database is problematic:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:72 msgid "In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:75 msgid "For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:79 msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:81 msgid "The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open outgoing connections towards:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:85 msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:86 msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:88 msgid "Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the Update notification runs once a week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:94 msgid "Error message due to too many users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:96 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:96 msgid "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:105 msgid "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The countdown is updated everyday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:111 msgid "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:113 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:113 msgid "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation `_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:116 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:116 msgid "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown, so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the message disappear right away." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:123 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:123 msgid "Database expired error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:125 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:125 msgid "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:133 msgid "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30 days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the database is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:141 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:141 msgid "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note that" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:140 msgid "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:143 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:143 msgid "Contact our `Support `__" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:145 msgid "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support `__" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:154 msgid "Duplicate a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:156 msgid "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:164 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:164 msgid "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or registration problems down the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/db_premise.rst:173 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_premise.rst:173 msgid "The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you to use a `uuid generator `_ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:6 -msgid "Hosting Changes" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:11 +msgid "Versions upgrade" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:8 -msgid "You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or contact our support team first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:12 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:14 -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:48 -msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:16 -msgid "Create a :ref:`duplicate ` of your database: in this duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17 -msgid "Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database Manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18 -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51 -msgid "**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the transfer.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19 -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52 -msgid "`Create a support ticket `_ and attach the dump (if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20 -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53 -msgid "We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21 -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54 -msgid "It's done!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:24 -msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:26 -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43 -msgid "Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27 -msgid "...and voilà!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:30 -msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:32 -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:40 -msgid "Log into `your Odoo Online user portal `_ and look for the version number of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33 -msgid "If your database does not run a :ref:`major version ` of Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34 -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42 -msgid "Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due to your backup file being too large, contact `our support `_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35 -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60 -msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:38 -msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41 -msgid "If your database does not run a :ref:`major version ` of Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:46 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:50 -msgid "Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, then do it in your production build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:57 -msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_management/hosting_changes.rst:59 -msgid "Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:16 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:16 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:7 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:9 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:7 @@ -534,1908 +1536,1069 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:9 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:7 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:7 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview.rst:4 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:21 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:21 msgid "The upgrade process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:23 -msgid "This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our Online (SaaS) customers `." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:23 +msgid "This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:28 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:30 msgid "An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo 14.0)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:33 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:32 msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:34 msgid "changing :ref:`Editions ` (i.e., Community to Enterprise edition)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:35 msgid "switching :ref:`hosting type ` (i.e., On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:37 msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:40 -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:98 -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:230 -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:360 -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:369 -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:381 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:39 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:358 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:379 msgid "|assistance-contact|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:45 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:44 msgid "Process workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:46 msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:48 msgid "You create a test upgrade request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:0 msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:0 msgid "This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically to your database until the upgrade succeeds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:53 msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:54 msgid "You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade/test-guidance`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:55 msgid "If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team via the :ref:`Help portal `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:57 msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:59 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:58 msgid "Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:61 msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:62 msgid "You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and continue working on the newly upgraded database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:68 msgid "Service Level Agreement" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:71 msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:73 msgid "Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise (Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:76 msgid "The upgrade of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:78 msgid "standard applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:79 msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:80 msgid "customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:84 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:83 msgid "The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the targeted version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:87 msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:89 msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:90 msgid "Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:93 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:92 msgid "`Training `_ on the new version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:94 msgid "You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement ` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:103 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst:4 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:102 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:104 msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:110 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:109 msgid "Online (SaaS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:112 -msgid "If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our Online (SaaS) customers `." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:111 +msgid "If you are hosted Online, please check your `database manager `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:118 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:116 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:24 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:120 -msgid "If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able to upgrade `." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:118 +msgid "If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:126 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:128 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:126 msgid "There are two possibilities:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:130 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:128 msgid "Via the interface of our `website form `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:0 msgid "For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line (to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:0 msgid "``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d -t 14.0``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:136 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:134 msgid "What does it do?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:138 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:136 msgid "The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:143 msgid "Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:148 msgid "The testing phase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:155 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:153 msgid "Test process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:157 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:155 msgid "Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your production database in any way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:158 msgid "We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can do it as often as you want (one at a time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:163 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:161 msgid "Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:166 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:164 msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:0 msgid ":ref:`Report your issues `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:0 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:0 msgid "and/or" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:168 msgid "Ask for a new :ref:`test request ` after the reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:173 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:171 msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:175 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:173 msgid "Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:178 msgid "Request a test database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:182 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:180 msgid "When filling the `website form `_, select *Testing* purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:191 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:189 msgid "Test guidance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:191 msgid "Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you look at `the test scenario `_ we created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:198 -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:408 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:196 msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:203 -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:262 -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:394 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:201 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:260 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:392 msgid "Assistance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:205 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:203 msgid "If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact the Odoo Upgrade Support:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:265 msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:207 msgid "Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my upgrade* ticket type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:214 msgid "If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the processing and response time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:219 -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:226 msgid "The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or configurations in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:233 msgid "The production launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:238 msgid "Production goes live" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:240 msgid "The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, current orders) to a new version of your choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:243 msgid "After your :ref:`tests ` are completed to your satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our `website form `_. Select *Production* purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:254 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:252 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:254 msgid "business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an action)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:255 msgid "poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work correctly)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:262 msgid "If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please contact the **Odoo Support**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:268 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:266 msgid "Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my upgrade*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:270 msgid "After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support team instead of the Upgrade team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:282 msgid "If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down the processing and response time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:290 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:288 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:293 msgid "Why upgrade?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:297 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:295 msgid "You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version ` released by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:299 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:297 msgid "If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version `, you get a new version with support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:303 msgid "When to upgrade?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:307 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:305 msgid "Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new version is released on our `website form `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:313 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:311 msgid "Availability of the new version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:315 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:313 msgid "Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not immediately available for existing databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:320 msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:324 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:322 msgid "Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human intervention, making the process slower." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:330 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:328 msgid "This is especially true during the first months following the release of a new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:333 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:331 msgid "In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and Manufacturing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:337 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:335 msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:339 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:337 msgid "Source & targeted versions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:340 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:338 msgid "Installed apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:341 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:339 msgid "Volume of data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:342 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:340 msgid "Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, website, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:343 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:341 msgid "Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the test phase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:345 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:343 msgid "Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:350 msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:354 -msgid "As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section :ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional fees." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:352 +msgid "As stated in our :doc:`/legal/terms/enterprise`, section :ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:355 msgid "If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our services, by one of our `partners `_ or you can do it yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:363 msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:365 msgid "An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:372 msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:374 msgid "An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:378 -msgid "Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change your hosting type `." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:376 +msgid "Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change your hosting type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:384 msgid "Release Notes by version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:386 msgid "Open our `Release Note `_ page to get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:397 msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:399 msgid "Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team `_. We will be very pleased to answer it as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:6 msgid "Supported versions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:407 msgid "Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three last major versions of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:411 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:409 msgid "This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/db_upgrade.rst:415 -msgid "You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions <../services/support/supported_versions>`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/db_upgrade.rst:413 +msgid "You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/deployment.rst:3 -msgid "Deployment" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 +msgid "Upgrade Community to Enterprise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:4 -msgid "Deploying with Content Delivery Networks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:9 -msgid "Deploying with KeyCDN_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:13 -msgid "This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with your Odoo powered website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:17 -msgid "Step 1: Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:22 -msgid "When creating the zone, enable the CORS option in the :guilabel:`advanced features` submenu. (more on that later)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:28 -msgid "Once done, you'll have to wait a bit while KeyCDN_ is crawling your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:33 -msgid "a new URL has been generated for your Zone, in this case it is ``http://pulltest-b49.kxcdn.com``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:37 -msgid "Step 2: Configure the odoo instance with your zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:39 -msgid "In the Odoo back end, go to the :guilabel:`Website Settings`: menu, then activate the CDN support and copy/paste your zone URL in the :guilabel:`CDN Base URL` field. This field is only visible and configurable if you have developer mode activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:47 -msgid "Now your website is using the CDN for the resources matching the :guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:50 -msgid "You can have a look to the HTML of your website in order to check if the CDN integration is properly working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:58 -msgid "Why should I activate CORS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:60 -msgid "A security restriction in some browsers (Firefox and Chrome at time of writing) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on this same external server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:64 -msgid "If you don't activate the CORS option in the CDN zone, the more obvious resulting problem on a default Odoo website will be the lack of font-awesome icons because the font file declared in the font-awesome CSS won't be loaded on the remote server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:69 -msgid "Here's what you would see on your homepage in such a case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:74 -msgid "A security error message will also appear in the browser's console:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/cdn.rst:79 -msgid "Enabling the CORS option in the CDN fixes this issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:4 -msgid "Deploying Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:6 -msgid "This document describes basic steps to set up Odoo in production or on an internet-facing server. It follows :ref:`installation `, and is not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on the internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:11 -msgid "If you are setting up a public server, be sure to check our :ref:`security` recommandations!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:17 -msgid "dbfilter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:19 -msgid "Odoo is a multi-tenant system: a single Odoo system may run and serve a number of database instances. It is also highly customizable, with customizations (starting from the modules being loaded) depending on the \"current database\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:23 -msgid "This is not an issue when working with the backend (web client) as a logged-in company user: the database can be selected when logging in, and customizations loaded afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:27 -msgid "However it is an issue for non-logged users (portal, website) which aren't bound to a database: Odoo needs to know which database should be used to load the website page or perform the operation. If multi-tenancy is not used that is not an issue, there's only one database to use, but if there are multiple databases accessible Odoo needs a rule to know which one it should use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:33 -msgid "That is one of the purposes of :option:`--db-filter `: it specifies how the database should be selected based on the hostname (domain) that is being requested. The value is a `regular expression`_, possibly including the dynamically injected hostname (``%h``) or the first subdomain (``%d``) through which the system is being accessed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:39 -msgid "For servers hosting multiple databases in production, especially if ``website`` is used, dbfilter **must** be set, otherwise a number of features will not work correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:44 -msgid "Configuration samples" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:46 -msgid "Show only databases with names beginning with 'mycompany'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:48 -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:60 -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:155 -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:281 -msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:55 -msgid "Show only databases matching the first subdomain after ``www``: for example the database \"mycompany\" will be shown if the incoming request was sent to ``www.mycompany.com`` or ``mycompany.co.uk``, but not for ``www2.mycompany.com`` or ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:68 -msgid "Setting a proper :option:`--db-filter ` is an important part of securing your deployment. Once it is correctly working and only matching a single database per hostname, it is strongly recommended to block access to the database manager screens, and to use the ``--no-database-list`` startup paramater to prevent listing your databases, and to block access to the database management screens. See also security_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:78 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:299 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:460 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:629 -msgid "PostgreSQL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:80 -msgid "By default, PostgreSQL only allows connection over UNIX sockets and loopback connections (from \"localhost\", the same machine the PostgreSQL server is installed on)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:84 -msgid "UNIX socket is fine if you want Odoo and PostgreSQL to execute on the same machine, and is the default when no host is provided, but if you want Odoo and PostgreSQL to execute on different machines [#different-machines]_ it will need to `listen to network interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:89 -msgid "Only accept loopback connections and `use an SSH tunnel`_ between the machine on which Odoo runs and the one on which PostgreSQL runs, then configure Odoo to connect to its end of the tunnel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:92 -msgid "Accept connections to the machine on which Odoo is installed, possibly over ssl (see `PostgreSQL connection settings`_ for details), then configure Odoo to connect over the network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:97 -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:147 -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:236 -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:276 -msgid "Configuration sample" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:99 -msgid "Allow tcp connection on localhost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:100 -msgid "Allow tcp connection from 192.168.1.x network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:102 -msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql/9.5/main/pg_hba.conf`` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:110 -msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql/9.5/main/postgresql.conf`` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:121 -msgid "Configuring Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:123 -msgid "Out of the box, Odoo connects to a local postgres over UNIX socket via port 5432. This can be overridden using :ref:`the database options ` when your Postgres deployment is not local and/or does not use the installation defaults." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:128 -msgid "The :ref:`packaged installers ` will automatically create a new user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:131 -msgid "The database management screens are protected by the ``admin_passwd`` setting. This setting can only be set using configuration files, and is simply checked before performing database alterations. It should be set to a randomly generated value to ensure third parties can not use this interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:136 -msgid "All database operations use the :ref:`database options `, including the database management screen. For the database management screen to work requires that the PostgreSQL user have ``createdb`` right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:140 -msgid "Users can always drop databases they own. For the database management screen to be completely non-functional, the PostgreSQL user needs to be created with ``no-createdb`` and the database must be owned by a different PostgreSQL user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:144 -msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:149 -msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:150 -msgid "port 5432" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:151 -msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:152 -msgid "with 'pwd' as a password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:153 -msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:170 -msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:172 -msgid "Since Odoo 11.0, you can enforce ssl connection between Odoo and PostgreSQL. in Odoo the db_sslmode control the ssl security of the connection with value choosed out of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or 'verify-full'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:177 -msgid "`PostgreSQL Doc `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:182 -msgid "Builtin server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:184 -msgid "Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or multiprocessing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:187 -msgid "For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and can be better monitored and resource-restricted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:191 -msgid "Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of worker processes `, the number of workers should be based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:195 -msgid "Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid resources exhaustion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:198 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:202 -msgid "Worker number calculation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:204 -msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:205 -msgid "Cron workers need CPU" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:206 -msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:209 -msgid "memory size calculation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:211 -msgid "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler ones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:212 -msgid "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:213 -msgid "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB of RAM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:215 -msgid "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) + (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:218 -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:375 -msgid "LiveChat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:220 -msgid "In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and listening on :option:`the longpolling port ` but the client will not connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:224 -msgid "Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with ``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied to the :option:`normal HTTP port `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:228 -msgid "To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:238 -msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:239 -msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:241 -msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theorical number of worker needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:242 -msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theorical maximal number of worker" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:243 -msgid "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:244 -msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:246 -msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:262 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:264 -msgid "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of Odoo must use HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. SSL termination can be implemented via just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:269 -msgid "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:270 -msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:271 -msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:272 -msgid "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure connections to the secure port" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:278 -msgid "Redirect http requests to https" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:279 -msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:287 -msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:349 -msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:351 -msgid "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. That script should be customized (possibly after copying it from the setup directory) to correctly set the configuration directly in :mod:`odoo.tools.config` rather than through the command-line or a configuration file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:357 -msgid "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:362 -msgid "Cron Workers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:364 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:366 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via :option:`odoo-bin -d`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = False`` in the configuration file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:377 -msgid "The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:382 -msgid "This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting for notifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:387 -msgid "The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:389 -msgid "Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instread of a process-based preforking one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the cron instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:393 -msgid "Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with ``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:398 -msgid "Serving Static Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:400 -msgid "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static files should generally be served by a static HTTP server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:404 -msgid "Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files can be served by intercepting all requests to :samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, and looking up the right module (and file) in the various addons paths." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:408 -msgid "test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore hash in the database?)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:415 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:417 -msgid "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:421 -msgid "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the first important things you should be sure to include in your security action plan. The rest will come from best security practices for your operating system and distribution, best practices in terms of users, passwords, and access control management, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:427 -msgid "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the following security-related topics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:430 -msgid "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See :ref:`db_manager_security`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:433 -msgid "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for day-to-day operations, only for controlling/managing the installation. *Never* use any default passwords like admin/admin, even for test/staging databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:438 -msgid "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:442 -msgid "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the hostname. See :ref:`db_filter`. You may also use :option:`-d ` to provide your own (comma-separated) list of available databases to filter from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:449 -msgid "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to prevent listing databases entirely, and to block access to the database management screens (this is also exposed as the :option:`--no-database-list ` command-line option)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:455 -msgid "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is *not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. For example they could be owned by the ``postgres`` super-user if you are using a dedicated non-privileged ``db_user``. See also :ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:460 -msgid "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:464 -msgid "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:467 -msgid "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. SSL certificates are cheap, and many free options exist. Configure the web proxy to limit the size of requests, set appropriate timeouts, and then enable the :option:`proxy mode ` option. See also :ref:`https_proxy`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:474 -msgid "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly recommended to entirely disable password-based authentication, and only allow public key authentication. Also consider restricting access via a VPN, allowing only trusted IPs in the firewall, and/or running a brute-force detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:480 -msgid "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also :ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:484 -msgid "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you should consult with them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:488 -msgid "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security precautions as for production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:492 -msgid "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate firewall rules to protect those internal resources. This will ensure that the Odoo server cannot be used accidentally (or as a result of malicious user actions) to access or disrupt those internal resources. Typically this can be done by applying an outbound default DENY rule on the firewall, then only explicitly authorizing access to internal resources that the Odoo server needs to access. `Systemd IP traffic access control `_ may also be useful to implement per-process network access control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:503 -msgid "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a similar network-level device, you may wish to avoid direct access to the Odoo system. It is generally difficult to keep the endpoint IP addresses of your Odoo servers secret. For example they can appear in web server logs when querying public systems, or in the headers of emails posted from Odoo. In such a situation you may want to configure your firewall so that the endpoints are not accessible publicly except from the specific IP addresses of your WAF, load-balancer or proxy service. Service providers like CloudFlare usually maintain a public list of their IP address ranges for this purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:514 -msgid "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:517 -msgid "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:524 -msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:525 -msgid "For internet-facing deployments, brute force attacks on user passwords are very common, and this threat should not be neglected for Odoo servers. Odoo emits a log entry whenever a login attempt is performed, and reports the result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:529 -msgid "The log entries will have the following form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:531 -msgid "Failed login::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:535 -msgid "Successful login::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:540 -msgid "These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as `fail2ban`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:542 -msgid "For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed login::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:549 -msgid "This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on HTTP(S)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:551 -msgid "Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:568 -msgid "Database Manager Security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:570 -msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:572 -msgid "This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, dump or restore databases)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:575 -msgid "If the management screens must not be accessible at all, you should set ``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to block access to all the database selection and management screens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:581 -msgid "It is strongly recommended to disable the Database Manager for any internet-facing system! It is meant as a development/demo tool, to make it easy to quickly create and manage databases. It is not designed for use in production, and may even expose dangerous features to attackers. It is also not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:587 -msgid "On production systems, database management operations should always be performed by the system administrator, including provisioning of new databases and automated backups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:590 -msgid "Be sure to setup an appropriate ``db_name`` parameter (and optionally, ``db_filter`` too) so that the system can determine the target database for each request, otherwise users will be blocked as they won't be allowed to choose the database themselves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:595 -msgid "If the management screens must only be accessible from a selected set of machines, use the proxy server's features to block access to all routes starting with ``/web/database`` except (maybe) ``/web/database/selector`` which displays the database-selection screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:599 -msgid "If the database-management screen should be left accessible, the ``admin_passwd`` setting must be changed from its ``admin`` default: this password is checked before allowing database-alteration operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:603 -msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:609 -msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:612 -msgid "Supported Browsers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:614 -msgid "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:617 -msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:619 -msgid "Google Chrome" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:620 -msgid "Mozilla Firefox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:621 -msgid "Microsoft Edge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:622 -msgid "Apple Safari" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:624 -msgid "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its publisher before filing a bug report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:630 -msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:634 -msgid "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to provide more computing resources to both software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:637 -msgid "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX sockets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/deploy.rst:641 -msgid "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes usage of WiFi. Even over secure packet-switched networks, deployment over HTTPS is recommended, and possible costs are lowered as \"self-signed\" certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:4 -msgid "Odoo email gateway" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:6 -msgid "The Odoo mail gateway allows you to inject directly all the received emails in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:8 -msgid "Its principle is straightforward: your SMTP server executes the \"mailgate\" script for every new incoming email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:10 -msgid "The script takes care of connecting to your Odoo database through XML-RPC, and send the emails via the `MailThread.message_process()` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:14 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:15 -msgid "Administrator access to the Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:16 -msgid "Your own mail server such as Postfix or Exim." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:17 -msgid "Technical knowledge on how to configure an email server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:20 -msgid "For Postfix" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:21 -msgid "In you alias config (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:28 -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:42 -msgid "Resources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:30 -msgid "`Postfix `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:31 -msgid "`Postfix aliases `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:32 -msgid "`Postfix virtual `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:36 -msgid "For Exim" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:44 -msgid "`Exim `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/deployment/email_gateway.rst:47 -msgid "If you don't have access/manage your email server, use :ref:`inbound messages `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:6 -msgid "From Community to Enterprise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:8 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8 msgid "Depending on your current installation, there are multiple ways to upgrade your community version. In any case the basic guidelines are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:12 -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:31 -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:63 -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:12 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:80 msgid "Backup your community database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:17 -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:17 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:62 msgid "Shutdown your server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:19 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:19 msgid "Install the web_enterprise module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:21 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:21 msgid "Restart your server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:23 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:23 msgid "Enter your Odoo Enterprise Subscription code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:29 msgid "On Linux, using an installer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:33 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:33 msgid "Stop the odoo service" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:39 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:39 msgid "Install the enterprise .deb (it should install over the community package)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:45 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:45 msgid "Update your database to the enterprise packages using" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:51 msgid "You should be able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your usual mean of identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the form input" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:57 msgid "On Linux, using the source code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:59 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:59 msgid "There are many ways to launch your server when using sources, and you probably have your own favourite. You may need to adapt sections to your usual workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:64 msgid "Update the ``--addons-path`` parameter of your launch command (see :ref:`setup/install/source`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:65 msgid "Install the web_enterprise module by using" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:71 msgid "Depending on the size of your database, this may take some time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:73 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:73 msgid "Restart your server with the updated addons path of point 3. You should be able to connect to your instance. You can then link your database with your Odoo Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the form input" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:78 msgid "On Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:82 msgid "Uninstall Odoo Community (using the Uninstall executable in the installation folder) - PostgreSQL will remain installed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:88 msgid "Launch the Odoo Enterprise Installer and follow the steps normally. When choosing the installation path, you can set the folder of the Community installation (this folder still contains the PostgreSQL installation). Uncheck ``Start Odoo`` at the end of the installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:96 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:96 msgid "Using a command window, update your Odoo Database using this command (from the Odoo installation path, in the server subfolder)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/enterprise.rst:103 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:103 msgid "No need to manually launch the server, the service is running. You should be able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your usual mean of identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the form input" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:6 -msgid "Installing Odoo" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:6 +msgid "Change hosting solution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:8 -msgid "There are multiple ways to install Odoo, or not install it at all, depending on the intended use case." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:8 +msgid "You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or contact our support team first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:11 -msgid "This documents attempts to describe most of the installation options." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:12 +msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`setup/install/online`" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:14 -msgid "The easiest way to use Odoo in production or to try it." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:16 +msgid "Create a :ref:`duplicate ` of your database: in this duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:18 -msgid ":ref:`setup/install/packaged`" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:17 +msgid "Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:17 -msgid "Suitable for testing Odoo, developing modules and can be used for long-term production use with additional deployment and maintenance work." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:51 +msgid "**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the transfer.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:23 -msgid ":ref:`setup/install/source`" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:52 +msgid "`Create a support ticket `_ and attach the dump (if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:21 -msgid "Provides greater flexibility: e.g. allow multiple running Odoo versions on the same system. Good for developing modules, can be used as base for production deployment." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:20 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:53 +msgid "We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`setup/install/docker`" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:54 +msgid "It's done!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:26 -msgid "If you usually use docker_ for development or deployment, an official docker_ base image is available." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:24 +msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:33 -msgid "Editions" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:26 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:43 +msgid "Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:35 -msgid "There are two different Editions_ of Odoo: the Community and Enterprise versions. Using the Enterprise version is possible on our SaaS_ and accessing the code is restricted to Enterprise customers and partners. The Community version is freely available to anyone." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:27 +msgid "...and voilà!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:40 -msgid "If you already use the Community version and wish to upgrade to Enterprise, please refer to :ref:`setup/enterprise` (except for :ref:`setup/install/source`)." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:30 +msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:47 -msgid "Online" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:40 +msgid "Log into `your Odoo Online user portal `_ and look for the version number of your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:50 -msgid "Demo" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:33 +msgid "If your database does not run a :ref:`major version ` of Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:52 -msgid "To simply get a quick idea of Odoo, demo_ instances are available. They are shared instances which only live for a few hours, and can be used to browse around and try things out with no commitment." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:42 +msgid "Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due to your backup file being too large, contact `our support `_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:56 -msgid "Demo_ instances require no local installation, just a web browser." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:60 +msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:59 -msgid "SaaS" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:38 +msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:61 -msgid "Trivial to start with, fully managed and migrated by Odoo S.A., Odoo's SaaS_ provides private instances and starts out free. It can be used to discover and test Odoo and do non-code customizations (i.e. incompatible with custom modules or the Odoo Apps Store) without having to install it locally." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:41 +msgid "If your database does not run a :ref:`major version ` of Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:66 -msgid "Can be used for both testing Odoo and long-term production use." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:46 +msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:68 -msgid "Like demo_ instances, SaaS_ instances require no local installation, a web browser is sufficient." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:50 +msgid "Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, then do it in your production build." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:75 -msgid "Packaged installers" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:57 +msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:77 -msgid "Odoo provides packaged installers for Windows, deb-based distributions (Debian, Ubuntu, …) and RPM-based distributions (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL, …) for both the Community and Enterprise versions." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:59 +msgid "Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:81 -msgid "These packages automatically set up all dependencies (for the Community version), but may be difficult to keep up-to-date." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:84 -msgid "Official Community packages with all relevant dependency requirements are available on our nightly_ server. Both Communtiy and Enterprise packages can be downloaded from our download_ page (you must to be logged in as a paying customer or partner to download the Enterprise packages)." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:90 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:226 -msgid "Windows" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:92 -msgid "Download the installer from our nightly_ server (Community only) or the Windows installer from the download_ page (any edition)." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:94 -msgid "Execute the downloaded file." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:0 -msgid "On Windows 8 and later you may see a warning titled \"Windows protected your PC\"." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:0 -msgid "Click on **More Info** and then on **Run anyway**." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:99 -msgid "Accept the UAC_ prompt." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:100 -msgid "Go through the various installation steps." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "|green|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:102 -msgid "Odoo will automatically be started at the end of the installation." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:105 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:390 -msgid "Linux" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:108 -msgid "Debian/Ubuntu" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "N/A" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:110 -msgid "Odoo 14.0 'deb' package currently supports `Debian Buster`_, `Ubuntu 20.04`_ or above." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "August 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:112 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:172 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:341 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:512 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:674 -msgid "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed manually in version `0.12.5 `_ for it to support headers and footers. See our `wiki `_ for more details on the various versions." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:118 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:178 -msgid "Repository" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "October 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:120 -msgid "Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used with Debian and Ubuntu distributions. It can be used to install *Odoo Community Edition* by executing the following commands:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:129 -msgid "You can then use the usual `apt-get upgrade` command to keep your installation up-to-date." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:131 -msgid "At this moment, there is no nightly repository for the Enterprise Edition." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:134 -msgid "Deb Package" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:136 -msgid "Instead of using the repository as described above, the 'deb' packages for both the *Community* and *Enterprise* editions can be downloaded from the `official download page `_." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:139 -msgid "Next, execute the following commands:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|orange|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:145 -msgid "This will install Odoo as a service, create the necessary PostgreSQL_ user and automatically start the server." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "April 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:148 -msgid "The recommended `postgresql-server` package will be installed by the Debian Odoo package. The `--no-install-recommends` argument of the `apt-get` tool should be used if you plan to install the Postgresql server on another machine." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:153 -msgid "Fedora" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "|red|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:155 -msgid "Odoo 14.0 'rpm' package supports Fedora 32." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "October 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:157 -msgid "The Odoo 14.0 rpm package does not support Fedora 33 or above." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:160 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:274 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:438 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:607 -msgid "Prepare" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "March 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:161 -msgid "Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL`_ server to run properly. Make sure that the `sudo` command is available and well configured and, only then, execute the following command in order to install the PostgreSQL server:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:180 -msgid "Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used with the Fedora distributions. It can be used to install *Odoo Community Edition* by executing the following commands:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "January 2017" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:192 -msgid "RPM package" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:194 -msgid "Instead of using the repository as described above, the 'rpm' packages for both the *Community* and *Enterprise* editions can be downloaded from the `official download page `_." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2016" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:197 -msgid "Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package manager:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:209 -msgid "Source Install" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "May 2016" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:211 -msgid "The source \"installation\" is really about not installing Odoo, and running it directly from source instead." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:214 -msgid "This can be more convenient for module developers as the Odoo source is more easily accessible than using packaged installation (for information or to build this documentation and have it available offline)." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "October 2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:218 -msgid "It also makes starting and stopping Odoo more flexible and explicit than the services set up by the packaged installations, and allows overriding settings using :ref:`command-line parameters ` without needing to edit a configuration file." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:222 -msgid "Finally it provides greater control over the system's set up, and allows to more easily keep (and run) multiple versions of Odoo side-by-side." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "February 2015" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:229 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:393 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:562 -msgid "Fetch the sources" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:395 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:564 -msgid "There are two ways to obtain the source code of Odoo: as a zip **archive** or through **git**." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "September 2014" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:234 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:398 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:567 -msgid "Archive" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|green| Supported version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:236 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:400 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:417 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:569 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:586 -msgid "Community Edition:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:238 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:244 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:402 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:408 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:571 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:577 -msgid "`Official download page `_" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:403 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:572 -msgid "`GitHub repository `_" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:240 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:404 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:573 -msgid "`Nightly server `_" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:242 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:406 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:575 -msgid "Enterprise Edition:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:245 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:409 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:578 -msgid "`GitHub repository `_" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:248 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:412 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:581 -msgid "Git" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:250 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:414 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:583 -msgid "The following requires git_ to be installed on your machine and that you have basic knowledge of git commands." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:85 +msgid "Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from any version `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:260 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:424 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:593 -msgid "Enterprise Edition: (see :ref:`setup/install/editions` to get access)" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:6 +msgid "Bugfix updates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:266 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:430 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:599 -msgid "**The Enterprise git repository does not contain the full Odoo source code**. It is only a collection of extra add-ons. The main server code is in the Community version. Running the Enterprise version actually means running the server from the Community version with the addons-path option set to the folder with the Enterprise version. You need to clone both the Community and Enterprise repository to have a working Odoo Enterprise installation." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:9 +msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:277 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:441 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:610 -msgid "Python" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:11 +msgid "In order to benefit from the latest improvements, security fixes, bug corrections and performance boosts, you may need to update your Odoo installation from time to time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:279 -msgid "Odoo requires Python 3.6 or later to run. Visit `Python's download page `_ to download and install the latest version of Python 3 on your machine." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:14 +msgid "This guide only applies when are using Odoo on your own hosting infrastructure. If you are using one of the Odoo Cloud solutions, updates are automatically performed for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:282 -msgid "During installation, check **Add Python 3 to PATH**, then click **Customize Installation** and make sure that **pip** is checked." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:17 +msgid "The terminology surrounding software updates is often confusing, so here are some preliminary definitions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:285 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:446 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:615 -msgid "If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.6 or above, as previous versions are not compatible with Odoo." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:25 +msgid "Updating (an Odoo installation)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:292 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:453 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:622 -msgid "Verify also that pip_ is installed for this version." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:21 +msgid "Refers to the process of obtaining the latest revision of the source code for your current Odoo Edition. For example, updating your Odoo Enterprise 13.0 to the latest revision. This does not directly cause any change to the contents of your Odoo database, and can be undone by reinstalling the previous revision of the source code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:301 -msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. `Download and install PostgreSQL `_ (supported version: 10.0 and later)." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:35 +msgid "Upgrading (an Odoo database)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:304 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:471 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:634 -msgid "By default, the only user is `postgres` but Odoo forbids connecting as `postgres`, so you need to create a new PostgreSQL user:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:28 +msgid "Refers to a complex data processing operation where the structure and contents of your database is permanently altered to make it compatible with a new release of Odoo. This operation is irreversible and typically accomplished via Odoo's `database upgrade service `_, when you decide to switch to a newer release of Odoo. Historically, this process has also been known as a \"migration\" because it involves moving data around inside the database, even though the database may end up at the same physical location after the upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:307 -msgid "Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default: `C:\\\\Program Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\\\\\bin`) to your `PATH`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:37 +msgid "This page describes the typical steps needed to *update* an Odoo installation to the latest version. If you'd like more information about upgrading a database, please visit the `Odoo Upgrade page `_ instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:309 -msgid "Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:43 +msgid "In a nutshell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:311 -msgid "Open **pgAdmin**." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:45 +msgid "Updating Odoo is accomplished by simply reinstalling the latest version of your Odoo Edition on top of your current installation. This will preserve your data without any alteration, as long as you do not uninstall PostgreSQL (the database engine that comes with Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:312 -msgid "Double-click the server to create a connection." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:49 +msgid "The main reference for updating is logically our :ref:`installation guide `, which explains the common installation methods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:313 -msgid "Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:52 +msgid "Updating is also most appropriately accomplished by the person who deployed Odoo initially, because the procedure is very similar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:314 -msgid "Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g. `odoo`)." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:55 +msgid "We always recommend to download a complete new up-to-date Odoo version, rather than manually applying patches, such as the security patches that come with Security Advisories. The patches are mainly provided for installations that are heavily customized, or for technical personnel who prefer to apply minimal changes temporarily while testing a complete update." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:315 -msgid "Open the **Definition** tab and enter the password (e.g. ``odoo``), then click **Save**." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:64 +msgid "Step 1: Download an updated Odoo version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:316 -msgid "Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create database?** to `Yes`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:66 +msgid "The central download page is https://www.odoo.com/page/download. If you see a \"Buy\" link for the Odoo Enterprise download, make sure you are logged into Odoo.com with the same login that is linked to your Odoo Enterprise subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:320 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:483 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:646 -msgid "Dependencies" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:70 +msgid "Alternatively, you can use the unique download link that was included with your Odoo Enterprise purchase confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:322 -msgid "Before installing the dependencies, you must download and install the `Build Tools for Visual Studio `_. When prompted, select **C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:73 +msgid "Downloading an updated version is not necessary if you installed via Github (see below)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:326 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:497 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:648 -msgid "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the root of the Odoo community directory." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:77 +msgid "Step 2: Make a backup of your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:329 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:500 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:651 -msgid "It can be preferable to not mix python modules packages between different instances of Odoo or with your system. You can use virtualenv_ to create isolated Python environments." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:79 +msgid "The update procedure is quite safe and should not alter you data. However it's always best to take a full database backup before performing any change on your installation, and to store it somewhere safe, on a different computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:332 -msgid "Navigate to the path of your Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator privileges**:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:83 +msgid "If you have not disabled the database manager screen (see :ref:`here ` why you should), you can use it (link at bottom of your database selection screen) to download a backup of your database(s). If you disabled it, use the same procedure than for your usual backups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:346 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:517 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:679 -msgid "For languages with right-to-left interface (such as Arabic or Hebrew), the package `rtlcss` is needed:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:89 +msgid "Step 3: Install the updated version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:349 -msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:91 +msgid "Choose the method that matches your current installation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:350 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:521 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:683 -msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:95 +msgid "Packaged Installers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:356 -msgid "Edit the System Environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where `rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: `C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:97 +msgid "If you installed Odoo with an installation package downloaded on our website (the recommended method), updating is very simple. All you have to do is download the installation package corresponding to your system (see step #1) and install it on your server. They are updated daily and include the latest security fixes. Usually, you can simply double-click the package to install it on top of the current installation. After installing the package, be sure to restart the Odoo service or reboot your server, and you're all set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:360 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:528 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:690 -msgid "Running Odoo" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:106 +msgid "Source Install (Tarball)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:362 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:530 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:692 -msgid "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of the Odoo Community directory." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:107 +msgid "If you have originally installed Odoo with the \"tarball\" version (source code archive), you have to replace the installation directory with a newer version. First download the latest tarball from Odoo.com. They are updated daily and include the latest security fixes (see step #1) After downloading the package, extract it to a temporary location on your server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:365 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:533 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:695 -msgid "To configure the server, you can either specify :ref:`command-line arguments ` or a :ref:`configuration file `." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:112 +msgid "You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or \"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. Locate the folder where your current installation is deployed, and replace it with the newer \"odoo\" or \"openerp\" folder that was in the archive you just extracted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:368 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:536 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:698 -msgid "For the Enterprise edition, you must add the path to the `enterprise` addons to the `addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in `addons-path` for addons to be loaded correctly." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:118 +msgid "Be sure to match the folder layout, for example the new \"addons\" folder included in the source code should end up exactly at the same path it was before. Next, watch out for any specific configuration files that you may have manually copied or modified in the old folder, and copy them over to the new folder. Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and you are all set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:372 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:540 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:702 -msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:125 +msgid "Source Install (Github)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:374 -msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:126 +msgid "If you have originally installed Odoo with a full Github clone of the official repositories, the update procedure requires you to pull the latest source code via git. Change into the directory for each repository (the main Odoo repository, and the Enterprise repository), and run the following commands::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:375 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:545 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:707 -msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults, to load your own modules." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:134 +msgid "The last command may encounter source code conflicts if you had edited the Odoo source code locally. The error message will give you the list of files with conflicts, and you will need to resolve the conflicts manually, by editing them and deciding which part of the code to keep." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:377 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:547 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:709 -msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:138 +msgid "Alternatively, if you prefer to simply discard the conflicting changes and restore the official version, you can use the following command::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:384 -msgid "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, `dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password and `mydb` is the default database to serve on `localhost:8069`. You can add other directory paths separated by a comma to ``addons`` at the end of the addons-path option." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:143 +msgid "Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and you should be done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:443 -msgid "Odoo requires Python 3.6 or later to run. Use your package manager to download and install Python 3 on your machine if it is not already done." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:149 +msgid "Please refer to our `Docker image documentation `_ for specific update instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:462 -msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. Use your package manager to download and install PostgreSQL (supported version: 10.0 and later)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:465 -msgid "On Debian/Unbuntu, it can be achieved by executing the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:479 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:642 -msgid "Because your PostgreSQL user has the same name as your Unix login, you will be able to connect to the database without password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:485 -msgid "For libraries using native code, it is necessary to install development tools and native dependencies before the Python dependencies of Odoo. They are available in `-dev` or `-devel` packages for Python, PostgreSQL, libxml2, libxslt1, libevent, libsasl2 and libldap2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:489 -msgid "On Debian/Unbuntu, the following command should install all the required libraries:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:503 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:654 -msgid "Navigate to the path of your Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:520 -msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with your package manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:542 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:704 -msgid "PostgreSQL user and password. Odoo has no defaults beyond `psycopg2's defaults `_: connects over a UNIX socket on port `5432` with the current user and no password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:554 -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:716 -msgid "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation and `mydb` is the default database to serve on `localhost:8069`. You can add other directory paths separated by a comma to ``addons`` at the end of the addons-path option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:559 -msgid "Mac OS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:612 -msgid "Odoo requires Python 3.6 or later to run. Use your preferred package manager (homebrew_, macports_) to download and install Python 3 on your machine if it is not already done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:631 -msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. Use `postgres.app `_ to download and install PostgreSQL (supported version: 10.0 and later)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:663 -msgid "Non-Python dependencies need to be installed with a package manager:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:665 -msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:671 -msgid "Download and install the package manager of your choice (homebrew_, macports_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:672 -msgid "Install non-python dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:682 -msgid "Download and install **nodejs** with your preferred package manager (homebrew_, macports_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:724 -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:147 -msgid "Docker" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:726 -msgid "The full documentation on how to use Odoo with Docker can be found on the official Odoo `docker image `_ page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced.rst:4 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" @@ -2552,7 +2715,7 @@ msgid "``--stop-after-init`` will immediately shutdown the server instance after msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:169 -msgid "More options are available and detailed in the :doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgid "More options are available and detailed in the :doc:`CLI documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:172 @@ -2882,7 +3045,7 @@ msgid "If your changes require the update of a module, such as a change in a for msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:43 -msgid "This method is equivalent to perform an upgrade of the module through the Apps menu, or through the :code:`-u` switch of :doc:`the command line `." +msgid "This method is equivalent to perform an upgrade of the module through the Apps menu, or through the :code:`-u` switch of :doc:`the command line `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:47 @@ -3711,122 +3874,122 @@ msgid "Import your database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:81 -msgid "You can import your database in your Odoo.sh project as long as this is an Odoo 10.0, 11.0 or above database." +msgid "You can import your database in your Odoo.sh project as long as it is in a :doc:`supported version ` of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:84 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:85 msgid "Push your modules in production" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:87 msgid "If you use community or custom modules, add them in a branch in your Github repository. Databases hosted on the Odoo.com online platform do not have any custom modules. Users of these databases can therefore skip this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:91 msgid "You can structure your modules as you wish, Odoo.sh will automatically detect the folders containing Odoo addons. For instance, you can put all your modules folder in the root directory of your repository, or group the modules in folders by categories that you define (accounting, project, ...)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:95 msgid "For community modules available in public Git repositories, you can also consider to add them using :ref:`Submodules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:98 msgid "Then, either :ref:`make this branch the production branch `, or :ref:`merge it into your production branch `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:101 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:102 msgid "Download a backup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:105 msgid "On-premise databases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:107 msgid "Access the URL :file:`/web/database/manager` of your on-premise database and download a backup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:110 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:111 msgid "If you cannot access the database manager, it may have been disabled by your system administrator. See the :ref:`database manager security documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:113 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:114 msgid "You will need the master password of your database server. If you do not have it, contact your system administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:118 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:119 msgid "Choose a zip including the filestore as the backup format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:125 msgid "Odoo Online databases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:126 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:127 msgid "`Access your databases manager `_ and download a backup of your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:134 msgid "Saas releases (e.g. *saas-**) are not supported on Odoo.sh." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:136 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:137 msgid "Upload the backup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:138 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:139 msgid "Then, in your Odoo.sh project, in the backups tab of your production branch, import the backup you just downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:143 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:144 msgid "Once the backup imported, you can access the database using the *Connect* button in the history of the branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:149 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:150 msgid "Check your outgoing email servers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:151 -msgid "There is a default mail server provided with Odoo.sh. To use it, there must be no enabled outgoing mail server configured in your database in :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing Mail Servers` (:doc:`Developer mode ` must be activated)." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:152 +msgid "There is a default mail server provided with Odoo.sh. To use it, there must be no enabled outgoing mail server configured in your database in :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing Mail Servers` (:ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:157 msgid "After the import of your database, all outgoing email servers are disabled so you use the Odoo.sh email server provided by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:162 msgid "Port 25 is (and will stay) closed. If you want to connect to an external SMTP server, you should use ports 465 and 587." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:164 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:165 msgid "Check your scheduled actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:166 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:167 msgid "All scheduled actions are disabled after the import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:168 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:169 msgid "This is to prevent your newly imported database to perform actions that could impact your running production, such as sending the mails remaining in the queue, processing mass mailings, or third-party services synchronization (Calendars, files hosting, ...)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:173 msgid "If you plan to make the imported database your production, enable the scheduled actions you need. You can check what is enabled in the database of origin and enable the same actions in the imported database. Scheduled actions are located under :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:178 msgid "Register your subscription" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:180 msgid "Your subscription is unlinked after the import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:181 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:182 msgid "The imported database is considered a duplicate by default and the enterprise subscription is therefore removed, as you can only have one database linked per subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:184 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:185 msgid "If you plan to make it your production, unlink your former database from the subscription, and register the newly imported database. Read the :ref:`database registration documentation ` for instructions." msgstr "" @@ -4101,7 +4264,7 @@ msgid "Your module may not appear directly in your apps to install either, you n msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:266 -msgid "activate the :doc:`Developer mode `" +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:267 @@ -4723,147 +4886,3 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:11 msgid "The documentation will help you go live with your Odoo.sh project in no time." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:6 -msgid "Updating an Odoo installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:9 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:11 -msgid "In order to benefit from the latest improvements, security fixes, bug corrections and performance boosts, you may need to update your Odoo installation from time to time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:14 -msgid "This guide only applies when are using Odoo on your own hosting infrastructure. If you are using one of the Odoo Cloud solutions, updates are automatically performed for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:17 -msgid "The terminology surrounding software updates is often confusing, so here are some preliminary definitions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:25 -msgid "Updating (an Odoo installation)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:21 -msgid "Refers to the process of obtaining the latest revision of the source code for your current Odoo Edition. For example, updating your Odoo Enterprise 13.0 to the latest revision. This does not directly cause any change to the contents of your Odoo database, and can be undone by reinstalling the previous revision of the source code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:35 -msgid "Upgrading (an Odoo database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:28 -msgid "Refers to a complex data processing operation where the structure and contents of your database is permanently altered to make it compatible with a new release of Odoo. This operation is irreversible and typically accomplished via Odoo's `database upgrade service `_, when you decide to switch to a newer release of Odoo. Historically, this process has also been known as a \"migration\" because it involves moving data around inside the database, even though the database may end up at the same physical location after the upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:37 -msgid "This page describes the typical steps needed to *update* an Odoo installation to the latest version. If you'd like more information about upgrading a database, please visit the `Odoo Upgrade page `_ instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:43 -msgid "In a nutshell" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:45 -msgid "Updating Odoo is accomplished by simply reinstalling the latest version of your Odoo Edition on top of your current installation. This will preserve your data without any alteration, as long as you do not uninstall PostgreSQL (the database engine that comes with Odoo)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:49 -msgid "The main reference for updating is logically our :ref:`installation guide `, which explains the common installation methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:52 -msgid "Updating is also most appropriately accomplished by the person who deployed Odoo initially, because the procedure is very similar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:55 -msgid "We always recommend to download a complete new up-to-date Odoo version, rather than manually applying patches, such as the security patches that come with Security Advisories. The patches are mainly provided for installations that are heavily customized, or for technical personnel who prefer to apply minimal changes temporarily while testing a complete update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:64 -msgid "Step 1: Download an updated Odoo version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:66 -msgid "The central download page is https://www.odoo.com/page/download. If you see a \"Buy\" link for the Odoo Enterprise download, make sure you are logged into Odoo.com with the same login that is linked to your Odoo Enterprise subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:70 -msgid "Alternatively, you can use the unique download link that was included with your Odoo Enterprise purchase confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:73 -msgid "Downloading an updated version is not necessary if you installed via Github (see below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:77 -msgid "Step 2: Make a backup of your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:79 -msgid "The update procedure is quite safe and should not alter you data. However it's always best to take a full database backup before performing any change on your installation, and to store it somewhere safe, on a different computer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:83 -msgid "If you have not disabled the database manager screen (see :ref:`here ` why you should), you can use it (link at bottom of your database selection screen) to download a backup of your database(s). If you disabled it, use the same procedure than for your usual backups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:89 -msgid "Step 3: Install the updated version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:91 -msgid "Choose the method that matches your current installation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:95 -msgid "Packaged Installers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:97 -msgid "If you installed Odoo with an installation package downloaded on our website (the recommended method), updating is very simple. All you have to do is download the installation package corresponding to your system (see step #1) and install it on your server. They are updated daily and include the latest security fixes. Usually, you can simply double-click the package to install it on top of the current installation. After installing the package, be sure to restart the Odoo service or reboot your server, and you're all set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:106 -msgid "Source Install (Tarball)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:107 -msgid "If you have originally installed Odoo with the \"tarball\" version (source code archive), you have to replace the installation directory with a newer version. First download the latest tarball from Odoo.com. They are updated daily and include the latest security fixes (see step #1) After downloading the package, extract it to a temporary location on your server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:112 -msgid "You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or \"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. Locate the folder where your current installation is deployed, and replace it with the newer \"odoo\" or \"openerp\" folder that was in the archive you just extracted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:118 -msgid "Be sure to match the folder layout, for example the new \"addons\" folder included in the source code should end up exactly at the same path it was before. Next, watch out for any specific configuration files that you may have manually copied or modified in the old folder, and copy them over to the new folder. Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and you are all set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:125 -msgid "Source Install (Github)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:126 -msgid "If you have originally installed Odoo with a full Github clone of the official repositories, the update procedure requires you to pull the latest source code via git. Change into the directory for each repository (the main Odoo repository, and the Enterprise repository), and run the following commands::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:134 -msgid "The last command may encounter source code conflicts if you had edited the Odoo source code locally. The error message will give you the list of files with conflicts, and you will need to resolve the conflicts manually, by editing them and deciding which part of the code to keep." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:138 -msgid "Alternatively, if you prefer to simply discard the conflicting changes and restore the official version, you can use the following command::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:143 -msgid "Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and you should be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/update.rst:149 -msgid "Please refer to our `Docker image documentation `_ for specific update instructions." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/applications.pot b/locale/sources/applications.pot index 9055464ca..50f611ce3 100644 --- a/locale/sources/applications.pot +++ b/locale/sources/applications.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 13:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-08-10 09:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,6 +16,10 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications.rst:5 -msgid "Applications" +#: ../../content/applications.rst:9 +msgid "User Docs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications.rst:11 +msgid "Discover our user guides and configuration tutorials per application." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/contributing.pot b/locale/sources/contributing.pot index 0bbefaa86..ec98a03c7 100644 --- a/locale/sources/contributing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/contributing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-08-10 09:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,65 +16,408 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/contributing.rst:4 +#: ../../content/contributing.rst:5 msgid "Contributing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:4 -msgid "Contributing to the documentation" +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Write documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:4 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:14 +msgid "**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user documentation of Odoo!**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:16 +msgid "This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change or document an application from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:23 +msgid "reStructuredText" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:25 +msgid "Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight markup language `_ consisting of normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if you intend to make only small changes to the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:31 +msgid "If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat sheet for RST ` which contains all the information that you should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:36 +msgid "We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content ` and :doc:`RST ` guidelines as you write documentation. This ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`documentation/content_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`documentation/rst_cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`documentation/rst_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:51 +msgid "As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub account. Click `here `_ to create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:54 +msgid "Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:57 +msgid "**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read :ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:61 +msgid "**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-workflow` for more information on this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:68 +msgid "Use the GitHub interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:70 +msgid "Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:75 +msgid "Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation `_), you need to fork it by clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:87 +msgid "Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the :doc:`content ` and :doc:`RST ` guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:90 +msgid "Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, however." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:95 +msgid "Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:0 +msgid "In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and \"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:0 +msgid "In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel that it is not obvious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:102 +msgid "Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes on the repository). If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:105 +msgid "Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or \"Propose file change\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:109 +msgid "In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:115 +msgid "Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a content writer at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:120 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:399 +msgid "You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:127 +msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:132 +msgid "Prepare your machine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:137 +msgid "Install Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:139 +msgid "We use `Git `_ to manage the files of the user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:144 +msgid "You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to register on GitHub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:147 +msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:148 +msgid "Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's PATH variable `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:175 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:323 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:340 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:371 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:160 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:162 +msgid "As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation `_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:167 +msgid "Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources and download that copy on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:170 +msgid "Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation `_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:183 +msgid "If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace \"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:187 +msgid "In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:191 +msgid "Windows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:199 +msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:210 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:212 +msgid "Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:217 +msgid "The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx `_. and is written in `Python `_. You have to install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know much more about them so don't panic!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:222 +msgid "Python comes with its own package manager: `pip `_. It allows installing Python dependencies in a single command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:226 +msgid "Download and install the recommended release (`see README file `_) of **Python 3** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:228 +msgid "Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can install pip alongside Python)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:230 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both installations finished successfully:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:238 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python dependencies of the documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:247 +msgid "Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:253 +msgid "Make" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:255 +msgid "`Make `_ is a tool that packs a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a single and simpler one instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:259 +msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:260 +msgid "Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's PATH variable `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:266 +msgid "pngquant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:268 +msgid "`pngquant `_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes in a few year span." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:271 +msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:272 +msgid "Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your system's PATH variable `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:278 +msgid "Prepare your version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:280 +msgid "Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel (conflicts of content would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch `_ starting from the branch 13.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files and give it another name. For this example, we will go with ``13.0-my_contribution``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:288 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:290 +msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:296 +msgid "Switch to the version 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:302 +msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:311 +msgid "Perform your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:313 +msgid "You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see :doc:`documentation/rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`content ` and :doc:`RST ` guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:319 +msgid "If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance :file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:322 +msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:330 +msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:331 +msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:336 +msgid "Preview your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:338 +msgid "To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:349 +msgid "You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:352 +msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:353 +msgid "Open the file :file:`documentation/_build/html/index.html` with your default web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:356 +msgid "These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:362 +msgid "Submit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:365 +msgid "We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git `_ and `this interactive tutorial `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:379 +msgid "Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation/pulls `_ and click on the **New pull request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:384 +msgid "If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:389 +msgid "In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the version that your changes target (here **13.0**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:394 +msgid "Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:3 msgid "Content guidelines" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:6 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 msgid "To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:11 -msgid "We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:10 +msgid "We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents related to this section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`../documentation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:22 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:21 msgid "Writing style" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:24 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 msgid "**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:31 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:30 msgid "Consistency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:33 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:35 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 msgid "Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite it to match your own style." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:41 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:40 msgid "Grammatical tenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:43 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 msgid "In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." msgstr "" @@ -94,71 +437,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:56 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:55 msgid "Paragraphing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:58 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 msgid "A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. They usually are two to six lines long." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:61 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:60 msgid "In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of separating ideas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:66 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:65 msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:71 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:70 msgid "Titles and headings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:73 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 msgid "To write good titles and headings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:75 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 msgid "**Be concise.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:75 msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 msgid "Use **sentence case**. This means you capitalize only:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:80 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:79 msgid "the first word of the title or heading" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:81 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:80 msgid "the first word after a colon" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:82 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:81 msgid "proper nouns (brands, product and service names, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:82 msgid "app features, as written in the apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:86 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 msgid "Do not capitalize common nouns when they are not referred to as features. This is more likely to happen in headings rather than in titles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:90 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:89 msgid "Examples" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:90 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:89 msgid "Explanations" msgstr "" @@ -167,38 +510,38 @@ msgid "**Titles**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "(h1)" +msgid "(H1)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:92 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:91 msgid "*Quotation Templates*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:92 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:91 msgid "\"Quotation Templates\" is a feature in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:94 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 msgid "*Lead Mining*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:94 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 msgid "\"Lead Mining\" is a feature in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:96 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:95 msgid "*Resupply from another Warehouse*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:96 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:95 msgid "\"Warehouse\" is capitalized as we refer to the feature in the app rather than to a real warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:99 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:98 msgid "*Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:99 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:98 msgid "\"Google Calendar\" is a product and \"Odoo\" is a brand." msgstr "" @@ -207,47 +550,47 @@ msgid "**Headings**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "(h2, h3, etc.)" +msgid "(H2, H3, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:102 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:101 msgid "*Confirm the quotation*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:102 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:101 msgid "\"The quotation\" is a common noun not referring to a feature in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:105 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:104 msgid "*Test environment*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:105 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:104 msgid "\"Environment\" is a common noun." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:107 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:106 msgid "*Add a new Payment Acquirer*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:107 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:106 msgid "\"Payment Acquirers\" is a feature in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:109 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:108 msgid "*Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:109 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:108 msgid "\"SEPA Direct Debit\" and \"XML\" are considered as proper nouns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:116 -msgid "Document's structure" +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:115 +msgid "Document structure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 -msgid "Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on the side." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:117 +msgid "Use different **heading levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-sections. Your headings are not only displayed in the document but also on the navigation menu (only the H1) and on the \"On this page\" sidebar (all H2 to H6)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 @@ -255,7 +598,7 @@ msgid "**H1: Page title**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of contents*." +msgid "Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what your content is about." msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:126 @@ -311,483 +654,154 @@ msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives `." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:165 +msgid "For most topics, a single page should do the job. Place it in the appropriate section of the documentation (e.g., content related to the CRM app go under :menuselection:`Applications -> Sales -> CRM`) and follow the :ref:`document structure ` guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 -msgid "Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 -msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:170 +msgid "For more complex topics, you may need several pages to cover all their aspects. Usually, you will find yourself adding documentation to a topic that is already partially covered. In that case, either create a new page and place it at the same level as other related pages or add new sections to an existing page. If you are documenting a complex topic from scratch, organize your content between one parent page (the :abbr:`TOC (Tree Of Contents)` page) and several child pages. Whenever possible, write content on the parent page and not only on the child pages. Make the parent page accessible from the navigation menu by using the :ref:`show-content ` metadata directive." msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:182 -msgid "**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and resizing the width." +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:184 -msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." +msgid "Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:185 -msgid "If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields and to narrow even more Odoo's display." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:189 +msgid "Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's width." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:194 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:199 -msgid "Media files" +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:196 +msgid "Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:201 -msgid "A **media filename**:" +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:200 +msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:202 +msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:203 -msgid "is written in **lower-case letters**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:204 -msgid "is **relevant** to the media's content. (E.g., :file:`screenshot-tips.gif`.)" +msgid "**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and resizing the width." msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "separates its words with a **hyphen** ``-`` (E.g., :file:`awesome-filename.png`.)" +msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:207 -msgid "Each document has its own folder in which the media files are located. The folder's name must be the same as the document's filename." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:206 +msgid "If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields and to narrow even more Odoo's display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "For example, the document :file:`doc_filename.rst` refers to two images that are placed in the folder ``doc_filename``." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:214 +msgid "Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:220 +msgid "Media files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:222 -msgid "Previously, image filenames would mostly be named with numbers (e.g., :file:`feature01.png`) and placed in a single ``media`` folder. While it is advised not to name your *new* images in that fashion, it is also essential **not to rename unchanged files**, as doing this would double the weight of renamed image files on the repository. They will eventually all be replaced as the content referencing those images is updated." +msgid "A **media filename**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:224 +msgid "is written in **lower-case letters**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:225 +msgid "is **relevant** to the media's content. (E.g., :file:`screenshot-tips.gif`.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:226 +msgid "separates its words with a **hyphen** ``-`` (E.g., :file:`awesome-filename.png`.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:228 +msgid "Each document has its own folder in which the media files are located. The folder's name must be the same as the document's filename." msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:231 -msgid "ALT tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:233 -msgid "An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:238 -msgid "Good ALT tags are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:240 -msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:241 -msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:242 -msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" +msgid "For example, the document :file:`doc_filename.rst` refers to two images that are placed in the folder ``doc_filename``." msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:243 +msgid "Previously, image filenames would mostly be named with numbers (e.g., :file:`feature01.png`) and placed in a single ``media`` folder. While it is advised not to name your *new* images in that fashion, it is also essential **not to rename unchanged files**, as doing this would double the weight of renamed image files on the repository. They will eventually all be replaced as the content referencing those images is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:252 +msgid "ALT tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:254 +msgid "An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:259 +msgid "Good ALT tags are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:261 +msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:262 +msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:263 +msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:264 msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:246 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:267 msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:4 -msgid "Introduction guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:6 -msgid "**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user documentation of Odoo!**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:8 -msgid "This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change or document an application from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:15 -msgid "reStructuredText" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:17 -msgid "Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight markup language `_ consisting of normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if you intend to make only small changes to the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:23 -msgid "If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat sheet for RST ` which contains all the information that you should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:28 -msgid "We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content ` and :doc:`RST ` guidelines as you write documentation. This ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 -msgid "As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub account. Click `here `_ to create one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:46 -msgid "Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:49 -msgid "**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read :ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 -msgid "**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-workflow` for more information on this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 -msgid "Use the GitHub interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:62 -msgid "Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 -msgid "Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:72 -msgid "If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation `_), you need to fork it by clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 -msgid "Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the :doc:`guidelines `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:82 -msgid "Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, however." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:87 -msgid "Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and \"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 -msgid "In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel that it is not obvious." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 -msgid "Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes on the repository). If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:97 -msgid "Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or \"Propose file change\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 -msgid "In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:107 -msgid "Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a content writer at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:112 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:390 -msgid "You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 -msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:124 -msgid "Prepare your machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:129 -msgid "Install Git" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 -msgid "We use `Git `_ to manage the files of the user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 -msgid "You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to register on GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:139 -msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:140 -msgid "Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's PATH variable `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:142 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:167 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:314 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:331 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:152 -msgid "Fetch the sources" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:154 -msgid "As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation `_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 -msgid "Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources and download that copy on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:162 -msgid "Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation `_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:175 -msgid "If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace \"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:179 -msgid "In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:183 -msgid "Windows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:191 -msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:202 -msgid "Python" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:204 -msgid "Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 -msgid "The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx `_. and is written in `Python `_. You have to install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know much more about them so don't panic!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:214 -msgid "Python comes with its own package manager: `pip `_. It allows installing Python dependencies in a single command." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:218 -msgid "Download and install the recommended release (`see README file `_) of **Python 3** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:220 -msgid "Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can install pip alongside Python)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:222 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both installations finished successfully:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:230 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python dependencies of the documentation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:239 -msgid "Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 -msgid "Make" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:247 -msgid "`Make `_ is a tool that packs a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a single and simpler one instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 -msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:252 -msgid "Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's PATH variable `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 -msgid "pngquant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:260 -msgid "`pngquant `_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes in a few year span." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:263 -msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 -msgid "Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your system's PATH variable `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 -msgid "Prepare your version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:272 -msgid "Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch `_ starting from the branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files and give it another name. For this example, we will go with ``14.0-my_contribution``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:280 -msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:282 -msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 -msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 -msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:303 -msgid "Perform your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:305 -msgid "You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see :doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:310 -msgid "If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance :file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:313 -msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:321 -msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:322 -msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 -msgid "Preview your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:329 -msgid "To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:340 -msgid "You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:343 -msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:344 -msgid "Open the file :file:`documentation/_build/html/index.html` with your default web browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:347 -msgid "These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:356 -msgid "We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git `_ and `this interactive tutorial `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:370 -msgid "Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation/pulls `_ and click on the **New pull request** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:375 -msgid "If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:380 -msgid "In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the version that your changes target (here **14.0**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:385 -msgid "Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a redactor at Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:4 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:3 msgid "RST cheat sheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:9 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:8 msgid "Headings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:12 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:11 msgid "For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as there are characters in the header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:15 msgid "The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting shown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:19 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:18 msgid "Heading size" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:19 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:18 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:19 -msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:21 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 msgid "H1" msgstr "" @@ -806,23 +820,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``Heading``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:21 -msgid "1/1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:24 msgid "H2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:25 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:28 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:31 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:34 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:37 -msgid "0/∞" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:28 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:27 msgid "H3" msgstr "" @@ -830,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``-------``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:31 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:30 msgid "H4" msgstr "" @@ -838,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``~~~~~~~``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:33 msgid "H5" msgstr "" @@ -846,7 +848,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``*******``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:36 msgid "H6" msgstr "" @@ -854,601 +856,722 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``^^^^^^^``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:44 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:41 +msgid "Each document must have **exactly one H1 heading**. No less, no more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:46 msgid "Markup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:49 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:51 msgid "Inline markup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:51 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:53 msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:54 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:56 msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:54 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:56 msgid "**Text**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:56 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:58 msgid "\\*Text\\*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:56 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:58 msgid "*Text*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:58 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:60 msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:58 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:60 msgid "``Text``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:62 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:64 msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:67 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:69 msgid "Bulleted list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:83 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:85 msgid "Numbered list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:98 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:100 msgid "Nested lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:110 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:112 msgid "Hyperlinks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:115 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:117 msgid "Hyperlink references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:117 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:119 msgid "Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow this syntax: ```label `_``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:121 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:123 msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:124 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:145 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:191 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:231 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:262 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:287 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:312 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:18 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:126 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:147 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:193 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:233 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:264 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:289 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:314 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:17 msgid "Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:126 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:128 msgid "This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference `_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: “For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference `_.”" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:135 msgid "External hyperlink targets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:135 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 msgid "External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink references." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:139 msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:139 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:141 msgid "``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:141 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:143 msgid "```label `_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:148 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:194 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:234 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:265 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:290 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:315 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:351 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:372 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:391 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:150 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:196 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:236 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:267 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:292 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:317 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:353 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:374 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:393 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:412 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:431 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:452 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:476 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:471 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:550 msgid "RST" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:158 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:210 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:242 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:273 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:298 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:329 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:360 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:380 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:400 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:160 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:212 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:244 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:275 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:300 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:331 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:362 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:382 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:420 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:440 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:460 -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:485 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:439 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:459 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:479 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:559 msgid "Render" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:160 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:162 msgid "A `proof-of-concept `_ is a simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main lines of expected changes. `PoC `_ is a common abbreviation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:167 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:169 msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:169 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:171 msgid "Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part of the page containing the target." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:175 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:177 msgid "Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:177 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:180 msgid "There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:180 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 msgid "``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined below as label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:183 msgid "``:ref:`label ``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:183 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:185 msgid "See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative links for internal references." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:187 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:189 msgid "Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink targets `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:212 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:214 msgid "This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a product? `_ for additional help." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:215 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:217 msgid "**How to create a product?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:217 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:219 msgid "As explained at the `start of the page `_, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:224 msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:226 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:228 msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets: they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:228 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:230 msgid "They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by using the name of the section title as URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:244 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:246 msgid "This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new user? `_ for additional help. ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:250 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:252 msgid "The ``doc`` directive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:253 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 msgid "The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is in the file tree through a relative file path." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:256 msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:256 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:258 msgid "``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the documentation page with the title of the page as label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:258 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:260 msgid "``:doc:`label ``` creates a hyperlink reference to the documentation page with the given label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:275 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:277 msgid "Please refer to `this documentation `_ and to `Send a pro-forma invoice `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:281 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:283 msgid "The ``download`` directive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:283 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:285 msgid "The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree to be downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:300 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:302 msgid "Download this `module structure template `_ to start building your module in no time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:306 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:308 msgid "The ``image`` directive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:308 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:310 msgid "The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if considered redundant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:343 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:345 msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:348 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:350 msgid "Seealso" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:363 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 msgid "`Customer invoices `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:366 msgid "`Pro-forma invoices `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:369 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:371 msgid "Note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:383 -msgid "Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:385 +msgid "Use this admonition to grab the reader's attention about additional information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:388 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:390 msgid "Tip" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:403 -msgid "Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 +msgid "Use this admonition to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:409 -msgid "Important" +msgid "Exercise" msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:423 -msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." +msgid "Use this admonition to suggest an exercise to the reader." msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:428 +msgid "Important" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:442 +msgid "Use this admonition to notify the reader about an important information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:447 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:443 -msgid "Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is described in the warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:449 -msgid "Danger" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:463 -msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:462 +msgid "Use this admonition to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is described in the warning." msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:468 -msgid "Formatting tips" +msgid "Danger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:473 -msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:482 +msgid "Use this admonition to bring the reader's attention to a serious threat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:488 -msgid "First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:489 -msgid "Second line that follows a line break." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:494 -msgid "Add comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:496 -msgid "If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by the comment." +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 +msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:501 -msgid "``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" +msgid "Title" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:506 -msgid "Use tables" +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 +msgid "Customize this admonition with a **Title** of your choice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 -msgid "Make use of `this convenient table generator `_ to build your tables. Then, copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." +msgid "Document metadata" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 +msgid "Sphinx supports document-wide metadata directives that specify a behavior for the entire page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:511 +msgid "They must be placed between colons (`:`) at the top of the source file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:514 -msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives" +msgid "**Metadata**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:516 -msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:519 -msgid "**Directive**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:519 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:514 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:593 msgid "**Purpose**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:519 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:516 +msgid "`show-content`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:516 +msgid "Make a toctree page accessible from the navigation menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:518 +msgid "`show-toc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:518 +msgid "Show the table of content on a page that has the `show-content` metadata directive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:521 +msgid "`code-column`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "Show a dynamic side column that can be used to display interactive tutorials or code excerpts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "For example, see :doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:526 +msgid "`hide-page-toc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:526 +msgid "Hide the \"On this page\" sidebar and use full page width for the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 +msgid "`custom-css`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 +msgid "Link CSS files (comma-separated) to the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 +msgid "`custom-js`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 +msgid "Link JS files (comma-separated) to the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:532 +msgid "`classes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:532 +msgid "Assign the specified classes to the `
` element of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:534 +msgid "`orphan`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:534 +msgid "Suppress the need to include the document in a toctree." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:536 +msgid "`nosearch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:536 +msgid "Exclude the document from search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:542 +msgid "Formatting tips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:547 +msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:562 +msgid "First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:563 +msgid "Second line that follows a line break." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:568 +msgid "Add comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:570 +msgid "If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by the comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:575 +msgid "``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:580 +msgid "Use tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:582 +msgid "Make use of `this convenient table generator `_ to build your tables. Then, copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:588 +msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:590 +msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:593 +msgid "**Directive**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:593 msgid "**Example**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:521 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:595 msgid "**RST**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:521 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:595 msgid "**HTML**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:523 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:597 msgid "``abbr``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:523 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:597 msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:523 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:597 msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:523 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:597 msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:525 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:599 msgid "``command``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:525 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:599 msgid "Highlight a command" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:525 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:599 msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:525 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:599 msgid ":command:`python example.py`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:527 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:601 msgid "``dfn``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:527 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:601 msgid "Define a term" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:527 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:601 msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:527 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:601 msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:529 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:603 msgid "``file``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:529 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:603 msgid "Indicate a file path" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:529 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:603 msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:529 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:603 msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:531 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:605 msgid "``menuselection``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:531 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:605 msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:531 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:605 msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:531 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:605 msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:611 msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:613 msgid "Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:617 msgid "When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as :ref:`hyperlink references `, using backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:4 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:3 msgid "RST guidelines" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:9 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:8 msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:11 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 msgid "If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of *relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target *relative* to that of the source document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:20 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 msgid "Given the following source file tree:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:35 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:34 msgid "A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:37 msgid "Absolute:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:40 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 msgid "``https://odoo.com/documentation/14.0/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:40 msgid "``https://odoo.com/documentation/14.0/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:42 msgid "Relative:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:45 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 msgid "``../prices.html``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:45 msgid "``variants.html``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:48 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:47 msgid "The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and file tree restructurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:53 msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:56 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:55 msgid "In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at the end of a line to separate words." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:62 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:61 msgid "You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of ``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the ``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the label part of the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:67 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:66 msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:75 msgid "Be consistent with indentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:77 msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:80 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:79 msgid "Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:85 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:84 msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:94 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:93 msgid "Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 spaces)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:105 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:104 msgid "Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:114 msgid "Use the menuselection directive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:117 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:116 msgid "Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: ``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:126 msgid "Write resilient code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:128 msgid "Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to the list and is easier to maintain." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:131 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:130 msgid "Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target ``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus even less likely to be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:138 msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:141 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:140 msgid "As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and makes the purpose of the target clear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:148 msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:151 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:150 msgid "When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these targets or update them accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:157 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:156 msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:161 msgid "Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting only of two underscore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:164 +#: ../../content/contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:163 msgid "tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index 839ab2aa4..9ea096f0a 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 13:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-08-10 09:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,180 +20,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:8 msgid "Accounting and Invoicing" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Invoicing** is a standalone invoicing app to create invoices, send them to your customers, and manage payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:13 +msgid "**Odoo Accounting** is a full featured accounting app. Accountant productivity is at the core of its development with features such as AI-powered invoice recognition, synchronization with your bank accounts, smart matching suggestions, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:18 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Invoicing `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:19 -msgid "**Odoo Invoicing** is a standalone invoicing app that allows you to :doc:`issue invoices `, send them to your customers, and manage payments, including :doc:`online payments `. It works as a \"lighter\" version of Odoo Accounting, and you can upgrade it to Odoo Accounting if you need more advanced accounting features." +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:25 -msgid "**Odoo Accounting** is a complete and strong accounting app. The automation of processes is at the core of its development with its perfect integration with all Odoo apps and with features such as :doc:`AI-powered invoice recognition `, :doc:`synchronization with your bank accounts `, and :doc:`automatic suggestions for a simplified reconciliation process `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:33 -msgid "`Odoo Invoicing: product page `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:34 -msgid "`Odoo Accounting: product page `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:37 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:39 -msgid "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:43 -msgid "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:51 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:53 -msgid "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:60 -msgid "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:64 -msgid "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:68 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 -msgid "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:76 -msgid "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 -msgid "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 -msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:94 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 -msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 -msgid "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 -msgid "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:112 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:114 -msgid "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's reports include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:118 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 -msgid "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:122 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:125 -msgid "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your own formulae." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 -msgid "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger. Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 -msgid "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general ledger transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 -msgid "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:152 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:154 -msgid "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO (for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 -msgid ":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions <../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 -msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 @@ -261,10 +109,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:None -msgid "Import a bank statement file in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." msgstr "" @@ -273,11 +117,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:None -msgid "Register bank statements manually in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" @@ -336,10 +175,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting Features `_, and click on *See list of supported institutions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:None -msgid "Checking a bank's compatibility with Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." msgstr "" @@ -377,6 +212,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 @@ -399,6 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 @@ -455,18 +293,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:None -msgid "Synchronize Now Button" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 msgid "Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch Transactions* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:None -msgid "Online Synchronization Form view" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you receive an error message asking you to disable the automatic synchronization. This message can be found in the chatter of your online synchronizations. In this case, make sure to perform manual synchronizations." msgstr "" @@ -511,10 +341,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the default filter in the search bar and type: **account_online_synchronization**. You can then click on the *Install* button to install the new module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:None -msgid "Installation button of the account_online_synchronization module" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 msgid "Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." msgstr "" @@ -637,10 +463,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:None -msgid "Logo of the Ponto brand" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" @@ -669,10 +491,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "Fill out the form to add an organization in Ponto." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" @@ -685,10 +503,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "Add bank accounts to your Ponto account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 msgid "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -713,10 +527,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 -msgid "Selection of the accounts you wish to synchronize with Odoo." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "" @@ -792,10 +602,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:None -msgid "Salt Edge Logo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 msgid "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" @@ -820,26 +626,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you enter a valid email address, as otherwise, you will not be able to access your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:0 -msgid "Email address to provide to Salt Edge for the creation of your account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 msgid "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:0 -msgid "Salt Edge Login page." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:0 -msgid "Salt Edge give consent page." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." msgstr "" @@ -1045,10 +839,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None -msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model with a write-off button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" msgstr "" @@ -1057,10 +847,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None -msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model that suggests counterpart values in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" msgstr "" @@ -1069,19 +855,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None -msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model that matches existing invoices and bills automatically\n" -"in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None -msgid "Open the Reconciliation Model menu from the overview dashboard in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" @@ -1115,10 +892,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None -msgid "Conditions for the Reconciliation Model to be applied in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" msgstr "" @@ -1131,16 +904,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None -msgid "Counterparts values of a Reconciliation Model in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -1252,10 +1021,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:177 msgid "Setup" @@ -1281,10 +1046,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:None -msgid "Bank Journals Cards are displayed on the Accounting Overview in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "" @@ -1309,10 +1070,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:None -msgid "Select a bank institution in the list and connect it to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1354,10 +1111,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:None -msgid "Add manually a new bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1374,10 +1127,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted in the **Bank Statements** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:None -msgid "Advanced configuration of a bank account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" @@ -2249,7 +1998,7 @@ msgid "You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Typ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:5 msgid "Vendor Bills" @@ -2396,26 +2145,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 -msgid "Odoo Accounting settings includes a section for the Australian Loclization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 -msgid "Enabling KeyPay Integration in Odoo Accounting displays new fields in the settings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 -msgid "\"Account Details\" section on the KeyPay dashboard" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with ``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" msgstr "" @@ -2424,10 +2161,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 -msgid "The KeyPay \"Business ID\" number is in the URL" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" @@ -2440,18 +2173,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:None -msgid "Example of a KeyPay Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 -msgid "Scheduled Actions settings for KeyPay Payroll in Odoo (debug mode)" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit must equal credit (like in Odoo)." msgstr "" @@ -2460,10 +2185,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:None -msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in KeyPay" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You also need to choose the correct account types in Odoo to generate accurate financial reports." msgstr "" @@ -2504,10 +2225,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically with E-invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean module to install on Odoo." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 msgid "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." msgstr "" @@ -2532,10 +2249,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII register, follow the instructions on each section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean company fiscal data." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" @@ -2545,10 +2258,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This is part of the main information required to generate electronic Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to send invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean edi environment settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" msgstr "" @@ -2557,10 +2266,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers, it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 msgid "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -2574,14 +2279,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Digital certificate access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Digital certificate configuration." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 msgid "A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular user, just define the users in the certificate." msgstr "" @@ -2591,7 +2288,7 @@ msgid "In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that t msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:702 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "" @@ -2599,10 +2296,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part of the company configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:5 @@ -2613,10 +2306,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service `mindicador.cl `_. You can find this service in the currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Currency reate service for Chile." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "" @@ -2650,10 +2339,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential for most transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean identification types for partners." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 msgid "TaxpayerType" msgstr "" @@ -2662,26 +2347,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make sure this value is set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean taxpayer types for partners." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 msgid "As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 msgid "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean taxes list." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" @@ -2715,10 +2388,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 msgid "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses documents." msgstr "" @@ -2797,10 +2466,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Document type configuration on Journal." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 msgid "For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." msgstr "" @@ -2841,10 +2506,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Steps to add a new CAF." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 msgid "Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" @@ -2865,10 +2526,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:369 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" @@ -2881,10 +2538,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Document type selection on invoices." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "Documents type 33: Electronic Invoice must have at least one item with tax, otherwise the SII rejects the document validation." msgstr "" @@ -2905,18 +2558,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 -msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:398 msgid "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Transition of DTE statuses." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:407 msgid "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" @@ -2925,18 +2570,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 -msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:421 msgid "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 -msgid "Descprtion of each DTE status in the chatter." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" @@ -2949,10 +2586,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 -msgid "Email track once it is sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:443 msgid "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" @@ -2973,10 +2606,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 -msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:460 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" @@ -2985,317 +2614,253 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Invoice tab with origin document number and data." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:472 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:474 -msgid "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is fiscally valid:" +msgid "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the SII and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements that indicate that the document is fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Barcode and fiscal elements in the invice report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 +msgid "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the ``pdf417gen`` library. Use the following command to install it: ``pip install pdf417gen``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:490 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:502 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:504 msgid "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Invoice Comercial status updated to Claimed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:513 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:515 msgid "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 msgid "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 msgid "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 msgid "Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:538 msgid "*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the Customer and in the main company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:541 msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:543 msgid "*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed the `Certification process `_ in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:549 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:552 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:554 msgid "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:563 msgid "Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:619 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:572 msgid "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Full invoice refund with SII reference code 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:580 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 msgid "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Partial refund to correct text including the corrected value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:590 msgid "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 msgid "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:601 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:603 msgid "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Credit note for partial refund to correct amounts, using the SII reference code 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:614 msgid "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Debit note for partial refund to crrect amounts, using the SII reference code 3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 msgid "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Invoice data on crossed reference section for debit notes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 msgid "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Creating a debit note to cancel a credit note with the SII code reference 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:653 msgid "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 msgid "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 msgid "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Messages recorded in the chatter with the reception notification for the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:673 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Acceptance button in vendor bills to inform the vendor all the document is comercially accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:686 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:688 msgid "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Claim button in vendor bills to inform the vendor all the document is comercially rejected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 msgid "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:707 msgid "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:727 msgid "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Columns and data displayed in the report Balance Tributario 8 Columnas." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:717 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:720 msgid "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:724 msgid "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have been received by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None -msgid "Parameters to required to generate the Report Propuesta F29" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 msgid "Colombia" @@ -3326,7 +2891,7 @@ msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 -msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the first two modules." +msgid "To :ref:`install ` the modules, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the *Apps* filter and search for \"Colombia\". Then click on *Install* for the first two modules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 @@ -4274,154 +3839,154 @@ msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users `here `_. If you use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise ` or contact your Odoo service provider." +msgid "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users `here `_. If you use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise ` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:57 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:59 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "If you use **Odoo Point of Sale**, install the **France - VAT Anti-Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)** module by going to :menuselection:`Apps`, removing the *Apps* filter, then searching for *l10n_fr_pos_cert*, and installing the module." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "If you use **Odoo Point of Sale**, :ref:`install ` the **France - VAT Anti-Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)** module by going to :menuselection:`Apps`, removing the *Apps* filter, then searching for *l10n_fr_pos_cert*, and installing the module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:69 msgid "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:76 msgid "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and restart your server beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France - Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click *Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:87 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:89 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:91 msgid "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:98 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:100 msgid "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:104 msgid "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such companies are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:108 msgid "Security" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:110 msgid "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:115 msgid "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:121 msgid "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:128 msgid "Storage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:130 msgid "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:136 msgid "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:140 msgid "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:142 msgid "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:144 msgid "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24 hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:150 msgid "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:155 msgid "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the :ref:`developer mode `. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:161 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:163 msgid "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:170 msgid "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:175 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:177 msgid "You will find more information about this legislation in the official documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:179 msgid "`Frequently Asked Questions `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "`Official Statement `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:181 msgid "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 `_" msgstr "" @@ -4486,106 +4051,258 @@ msgid "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To b msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 -msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" +msgid "Point of Sale in Germany: Technical Security System" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 -msgid "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum Datenzugriff `_. In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, and balance sheet." +msgid "The **Kassensicherungsverordnung** (The Act on Protection against Manipulation of Digital Records) requires that electronic record-keeping systems - including the :doc:`point of sale <../../../../sales/point_of_sale>` systems - must be equipped with a **Technical Security System** (also called **TSS** or **TSE**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 -msgid "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the norm** and replace previously accepted practices linked to computer-based accounting. Several changes have been made by the BMF in 2019 and January 2020 to specify some of the content and due to the development of digital solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo offers a service that is compliant with the help of `fiskaly `_, a *cloud-based solution*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:50 +msgid "Since this solution is cloud-based, a working internet connection is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 -msgid "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:53 +msgid "The only VAT rates allowed are given by fiskaly. You can check these rates by consulting: `fiskaly DSFinV-K API: VAT Definition `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 -msgid "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD text `_. It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is what to expect:" +msgid "Modules installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:63 +msgid "If your database was created before June 2021, :ref:`upgrade ` your **Point of Sale** app (`point_of_sale`) and the **Restaurant** module (`pos_restaurant`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 -msgid "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial authorities**. As such, **the taxpayer himself is the sole responsible** for the complete and exhaustive keeping of fiscal-relevant data (above-mentioned financial and related data)." +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the **Germany - Certification for Point of Sale** (`l10n_de_pos_cert`) and **Germany - Certification for Point of Sale of type restaurant** (`l10n_de_pos_res_cert`) modules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 -msgid "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 -msgid "Access rights control;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 -msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 -msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 -msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" +msgid "If these modules are not listed, :ref:`update the app list `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 -msgid "Processing controls;" +msgid "Register your company at the financial authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 -msgid "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, data, or documents." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:79 +msgid "To register your company, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies --> Update Info`, fill out the following fields and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 -msgid "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely performed (*supervision*). The result of these controls must be recorded (*documentation*), and should errors be found during these controls, appropriate measures to correct the situation should be put into place (*prevention*)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:82 +msgid "**Company name**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 -msgid "What about data security?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:83 +msgid "Valid **address**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 -msgid "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not sufficiently secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance with the GoBD guidelines." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:84 +msgid "**VAT** number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 -msgid "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or deleted via the application." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:85 +msgid "**St.-Nr** (Steuernummer): this number is assigned by the tax office to every taxable natural or legal person. (e.g., `2893081508152`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 -msgid "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external systems." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:87 +msgid "**W-IdNr** (Wirtschafts-Identifikationsnummer): this number is used as a permanent identification number for economically active persons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 -msgid "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:90 +msgid "You can then **register your company through fiskaly** by opening the *fiskaly* tab and clicking on the *fiskaly Registration* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:98 +msgid "If you do not see the *fiskaly Registration* button, make sure that you *saved* your company details and are not in *editing mode* anymore." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 +msgid "Once the registration has been finalized, new fields appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:103 +msgid "**fiskaly organization ID** refers to the ID of your company at the fiskaly side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:104 +msgid "**fiskaly API key** and **secret** are the credentials the system uses to access the services offered by fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:112 +msgid "It is possible to request new credentials if there is any issue with the current ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:115 +msgid "Create and link a Technical Security System to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:121 +msgid "To use your point of sale in Germany, you first have to create a :abbr:`TSS (Technical Security System)` for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:124 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the point of sale you want to edit, then check the box next to **Create TSS** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:131 +msgid "Once the creation of the TSS is successful, you can find your **TSS ID** and **Client ID** under the *fiskaly API* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:134 +msgid "**TSS ID** refers to the ID of your TSS at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:135 +msgid "**Client ID** refers to your PoS but at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:138 +msgid "DSFinV-K" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:144 +msgid "Whenever you close a PoS session, the orders' details are sent to the :abbr:`DSFinV-K (Digitale Schnittstelle der Finanzverwaltung für Kassensysteme)` service of fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:147 +msgid "In case of an audit, you can export the data sent to DSFinV-K by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> DSFinV-k exports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:150 +msgid "These fields are mandatory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:152 +msgid "**Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:153 +msgid "**Start Datetime** (export data with dates larger than or equal to the given start date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +msgid "**End Datetime** (export data with dates smaller than or equal to the given end date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +msgid "Leave the **Point of Sale** field blank if you want to export the data of all your points of sale. Specify a Point of Sale if you want to export this specific PoS' data only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:159 +msgid "The creation of a DSFinV-K export triggers on export at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:165 +msgid "As you can see, the **State** is *Pending*. This means that the export has been successfully triggered and is being processed. You have to click on *Refresh State* to check if it is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:171 +msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:173 +msgid "**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum Datenzugriff `_. In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, and balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:180 +msgid "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the norm** and replace previously accepted practices linked to computer-based accounting. Several changes have been made by the BMF in 2019 and January 2020 to specify some of the content and due to the development of digital solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:187 +msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:190 +msgid "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +msgid "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD text `_. It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is what to expect:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:197 +msgid "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial authorities**. As such, **the taxpayer himself is the sole responsible** for the complete and exhaustive keeping of fiscal-relevant data (above-mentioned financial and related data)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:202 +msgid "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:205 +msgid "Access rights control;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:206 +msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:207 +msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:208 +msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:209 +msgid "Processing controls;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:210 +msgid "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, data, or documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:212 +msgid "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely performed (*supervision*). The result of these controls must be recorded (*documentation*), and should errors be found during these controls, appropriate measures to correct the situation should be put into place (*prevention*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:218 +msgid "What about data security?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:220 +msgid "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not sufficiently secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance with the GoBD guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:224 +msgid "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or deleted via the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:227 +msgid "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:231 +msgid "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:233 msgid "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:237 msgid "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:241 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:243 msgid "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the accurate and compliant documentation of financial transactional data of their users**. It can merely provide the necessary tools for the user to respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:249 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:251 msgid "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in place and Odoo provides you with the means to achieve all of these objectives:" msgstr "" @@ -4637,51 +4354,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:286 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:288 msgid "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from direct access to the interface to the handover of the financial data on a storage device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:292 msgid "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, Lotus 123, SAP-format, AS/400-format, or else. Odoo supports the CSV and XLS-export of financial data out-of-the-box. The GoBD **recommends** the export in a specific XML-based GoBD-format (see \"Ergänzende Informationen zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:299 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:301 msgid "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and various forms of use, **no legally binding certification can be given**, nor can the software be made liable towards a public authority. Third-party certificates can indeed have **an informative value** for customers to make software buying decisions but are by no means legally binding or of any other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:307 msgid "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from respecting the GoBD. These certifications are very expensive in terms of time and cost, and their value is very relative. Thus we focus our efforts on ensuring GoBD compliance rather than pay for a marketing tool which does not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:314 msgid "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text `_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:317 msgid "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either in the context of a tax field audit or in the context of binding information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:320 msgid "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:325 msgid "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google Translate `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:330 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:332 msgid "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" @@ -4797,115 +4514,208 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:5 +msgid "Allow the user to generate the EDI document for Italian invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:7 +msgid "This module allows the creation of the EDI documents and the communication with the SDICoop web service of FatturaPA to send or receive invoices and notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:11 +msgid "Once this module is installed, it's no longer possible to send invoices via :ref:`PEC mails `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:15 +msgid "SDICoop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:21 +msgid "Setup the Codice Destinatario on FatturaPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:23 +msgid "To receive invoices and notifications from third parties, you need to inform the FatturaPA service that Odoo is the allowed party to process files for you. To do so, you must setup Odoo's *Codice Destinatario* on the FatturaPA portal. The *Codice Destinatario* is ``K95IV18``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:27 +msgid "Go to https://ivaservizi.agenziaentrate.gov.it/portale/ and authenticate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:28 +msgid "Go to section :menuselection:`Fatture e Corrispettivi`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:29 +msgid "Set the user as Legal Party for the VAT number you wish to configure the electronic adress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:30 +msgid "In :menuselection:`Servizi Disponibili --> Fatturazione Elettronica --> Registrazione dell’indirizzo telematico dove ricevere tutte le fatture elettroniche`, input Odoo's Codice Destinatario (**K95IV18**), then confirm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:35 +msgid "Give Odoo permission to process files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:37 +msgid "Since the files are transmitted through Odoo's server before being sent to SDICoop or received by your database, you need to authorize Odoo to process your files from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:40 +msgid "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing` and click on *Register*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:48 +msgid "All your files are encrypted upon reception in such a way that only you are able to decrypt them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:51 +msgid "Enable FatturaPA on the Sales journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:53 +msgid "Open your sales journal. Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, in the **Electronic invoicing** field, check *FatturaPA* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:61 +msgid "Issue invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:63 +msgid "Send an invoice the way you would do it normally. The EDI process proceeds automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:69 +msgid "You can check the current status of your customer invoice under the **Electronic invoicing** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:77 +msgid "Receive invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy.rst:79 +msgid "This process is ran automatically once a day." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:8 +msgid "PEC mail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:10 msgid "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:18 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 msgid "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:26 msgid "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:29 msgid "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si può consultare la relativa :doc:`guida `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:36 msgid "Indirizzo PEC dell’Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:40 msgid "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:45 msgid "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far sì che la Fatturazione Elettronica funzioni correttamente, questi campi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:49 msgid "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al commercialista qual è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:53 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:60 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:62 msgid "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:65 msgid "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:78 msgid "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:82 msgid "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:93 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:95 msgid "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:110 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:112 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:114 msgid "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato” dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:123 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:125 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:127 msgid "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" @@ -4957,10 +4767,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:51 msgid "If you created the database from `www.odoo.com `_ and chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." msgstr "" @@ -5053,10 +4859,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal billing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "Enter legal information" msgstr "" @@ -5065,1539 +4867,1163 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on *Update information* under your company name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:118 msgid "In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT number), and the rest of the data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +msgid "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency (MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the default currency and use a :doc:`pricelist ` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:128 msgid "Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:141 msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:143 msgid "The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo called \"Fiscal Regime\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:146 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons** from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:158 msgid "Contacts Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:169 msgid "Taxes Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 msgid "A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "To make this configuration you first have to go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:177 msgid "Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Taxes configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for your company bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid "For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the **Factor Type** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:193 msgid "When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the **Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used (\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:203 msgid "Products Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:205 msgid "All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:208 msgid "To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the **UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Configure products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, electronic invoicing will be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:223 msgid "Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available: `Quadrum `_, `Solución Factible `_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:228 msgid "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:233 msgid "To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "PAC credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:242 msgid "If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:245 msgid "Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section **MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on *Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid ":download:`Certificate `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:261 msgid "You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:265 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:270 msgid "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 `_ version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu in the Accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:277 msgid "The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as it would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Creating an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it was validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:289 msgid "To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 msgid "Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or below the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:297 msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding `SAT regulation `_. SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:307 msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:318 msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the merchandise." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:332 msgid "Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:334 msgid "Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the Exporting process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:345 msgid "Required Modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:347 msgid "In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:355 msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:362 msgid "Company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:364 msgid "Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Contact address configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:373 msgid "Receiving Client" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:375 msgid "Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:383 msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 msgid "In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:390 msgid "Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:392 msgid "At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the following fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "SAT product code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid "You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is only accepted by the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:411 msgid "Invoicing Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 msgid "When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:419 msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:421 msgid "The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally agreed in trade agreements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:434 msgid "Assign Pedimentos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:436 msgid "If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:439 msgid "First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:448 msgid "The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:452 msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Costos en destino" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:465 msgid "To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Customs number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:474 msgid "You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the Mexican localization, this means that if you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will find the default list in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 msgid "In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will be based on the due date of the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:495 msgid "PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 msgid "To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it will be PPDo PUE)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:503 msgid "PUE" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:505 msgid "To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the current month)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:510 msgid "Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 msgid "`According to the SAT documentation `_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the invoice date and the due date as parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Payment policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:527 msgid "When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, Account Number and CLABE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Contact bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "Register PPD Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:537 msgid "If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:577 msgid "The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "PPD payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 msgid "The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with the invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:556 msgid "Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:560 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "PPD payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:567 msgid "The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the stamped payment complement can be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:572 msgid "Register PUE Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:593 msgid "In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "Down Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a client to later be applied to an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:608 msgid "Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation (full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 msgid "Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 | Invoice_total, point 2)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:615 msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 msgid "Preparation: Create the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:618 msgid "Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the advance payment received" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 msgid "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Down payment product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:632 msgid "Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or for a fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Applying down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:648 msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:658 msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:671 msgid "From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the order lines without discounting the advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:673 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:679 msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:681 msgid "Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the previous step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 msgid "And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without deducting the advances:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 msgid "Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:700 msgid "Add credit note from invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:702 msgid "Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 following images)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:713 msgid "Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX`` instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:730 msgid "Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Add credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Down payment applied" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 msgid "Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Residual amount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:747 msgid "If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "XML down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:755 msgid "Discounts based on payment days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 msgid "Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer payments period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:812 msgid "Create a credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:769 msgid "To configure the discount for advance payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, 98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Discount payment term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:779 msgid "Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term created previously." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "discount on invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:788 msgid "Register the payment within the days in which the application of the discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation of the Sales Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:795 msgid "Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that does not correspond - the one related to the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "See discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Mote to draft payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Cancel payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:814 msgid "Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit Note**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:820 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:832 msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:833 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:839 msgid "Cancellation of invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:836 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:842 msgid "Before 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:838 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:844 msgid "If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in less than 72 hours follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 msgid "Request Cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:853 msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:860 msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:861 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:867 msgid "After 72 Hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 msgid "If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this the following steps must be followed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:866 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:872 msgid "Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo changes to *To Cancel*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:875 msgid "When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on *Cancel entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:877 msgid "Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:884 msgid "After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the **Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer / Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:890 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:896 msgid "If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice (*cancel entry*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:900 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:906 msgid "If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Credit note to cancel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:918 msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:921 msgid "Problem" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:923 msgid "If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government. In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:922 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:928 msgid "The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:925 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 msgid "Invoice to be canceled" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Previous period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Previous BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks like this after canceling:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:944 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 msgid "Solution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:952 msgid "Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:954 msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:956 msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:959 msgid "Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:961 msgid "If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that accounting period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Closing fiscal period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:963 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:969 msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:965 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:971 msgid "If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT, the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Cancel in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:974 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:980 msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:976 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:982 msgid "The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:979 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:985 msgid "It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as **Other Income**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Manual reversal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:987 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:993 msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:997 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1003 msgid "In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "New BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Up to date BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1012 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1018 msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1014 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1020 msgid "A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to *Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to performing this action)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Execute server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1027 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 msgid "Electronic Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1029 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1045 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1037 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1051 msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1039 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1041 msgid "1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only available in the context of accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1044 msgid "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "MX reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1047 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1053 msgid "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to :menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button **Export for SAT (XML)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1055 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1061 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1057 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1063 msgid "If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1060 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1066 msgid "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones chosen to be used in the COA in XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1077 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1073 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1079 msgid "To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 `_ on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1078 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 msgid "When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1090 msgid "Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1086 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1092 msgid "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1095 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 msgid "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any normal Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1098 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1104 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1107 msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1109 msgid "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know that we should not neglect what we present." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1112 msgid "The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties (DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, with our suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 msgid "This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the DIOT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1120 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1122 msgid "It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1125 msgid "Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1132 msgid "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1136 msgid "The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this after having made up to 500 registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 msgid "Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1145 msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1147 msgid "When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and according to the SAT site it is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 msgid "The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1156 msgid "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 msgid "`official information `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1165 msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1167 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1174 msgid "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 msgid "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1191 msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1193 msgid "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called \"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all your providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 msgid "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are already configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 msgid "Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment following the standard Odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1206 msgid "You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1208 msgid "Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1210 msgid "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1221 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 msgid "Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1226 msgid "Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the balances on your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1229 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 msgid "Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1234 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1236 msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1239 msgid "Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1241 msgid "Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1243 msgid "Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1246 msgid "Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 msgid "Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet and do some Journal Entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1254 msgid "Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings reports**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1256 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1257 msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1258 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1261 msgid "If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1265 msgid "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the books." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1277 msgid "In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1281 msgid "The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report** corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1286 msgid "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1294 msgid "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1298 msgid "After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the Trial Balance won't be correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1302 msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 msgid "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a balance 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1318 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1321 msgid "Contacts App (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1323 msgid "If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1327 msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1329 msgid "In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency. You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1334 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 msgid "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 msgid "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the :ref:`developer mode ` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1348 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1349 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1350 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1351 msgid "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1352 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1353 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1359 msgid "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1364 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" @@ -6609,132 +6035,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1371 msgid "This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1375 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1376 msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1379 msgid "Common problems and errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1381 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1383 msgid "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 msgid "``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1392 msgid "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1390 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1431 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1462 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1483 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1497 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1398 msgid "``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1401 msgid "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1404 msgid "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1405 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1411 msgid "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set 601, it will look like the picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1419 msgid "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1416 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1454 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1424 msgid "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1430 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1433 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1439 msgid "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1436 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1450 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1456 msgid "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1445 msgid "``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1448 msgid "**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1455 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1461 msgid "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for Mexico, please correct it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1470 msgid "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1473 msgid "``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing.\", '')``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1477 msgid "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE159``" msgstr "" @@ -6743,7 +6149,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1495 msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." msgstr "" @@ -6755,39 +6161,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column 'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 msgid "**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure 01, corresponding to Kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1508 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1510 msgid ":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax Receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1511 msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1512 msgid ":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized Certification Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1507 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1513 msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1514 msgid "Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1516 msgid ":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated by hyphens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1519 msgid "LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill your clients, you must be in this database." msgstr "" @@ -6845,10 +6251,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI. This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "The \"Module\" filter is set on \"Peru\"" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 msgid "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." msgstr "" @@ -6857,10 +6259,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. The field **Address Type Code** represents the establishment code assigned by the SUNAT when companies register their RUC (Unique Contributor Registration):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Company data for Peru including RUC and Address type code" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 msgid "In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic invoice validation might have errors." msgstr "" @@ -6932,7 +6330,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "" @@ -6949,10 +6346,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "IAP option as signature providers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "What is the IAP?" msgstr "" @@ -7095,18 +6488,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "EDI Certificate wizard" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:228 msgid "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru. Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Bank of Peru is displayed in Multicurrency Service option" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:235 msgid "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." msgstr "" @@ -7115,10 +6500,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "List of default taxes" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:253 msgid "EDI Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -7127,10 +6508,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Taxes EDI data for Peru" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:267 msgid "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the Peruvian localization." msgstr "" @@ -7155,10 +6532,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The information required for the document types is included by default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Document Type list" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 msgid "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta, Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" @@ -7183,10 +6556,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Journal EDI field" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 msgid "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can uncheck it manually." msgstr "" @@ -7195,10 +6564,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential for most transactions either on the sender company and in the customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Partner identification type" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 msgid "Product" msgstr "" @@ -7207,10 +6572,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "UNSPC Code on products" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Customer invoice" msgstr "" @@ -7227,34 +6588,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice document type field on invoices" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:368 msgid "**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but another value can be selected manually when needed, for example Export of Goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice operation type field on invoices" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:376 msgid "**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope based on the SUNAT list that is displayed. All the taxes loaded by default are associated with a default EDI affection reason, if needed you can manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "Tax affectation reason in invoice line" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:388 msgid "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Sending of EDI Invoice in blue" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:396 msgid "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the invoice has been posted." msgstr "" @@ -7268,18 +6613,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the button “Sent now”." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Send EDI manually" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:409 msgid "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Message on chatter when the invoice is valid" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:417 msgid "In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent again." msgstr "" @@ -7304,10 +6641,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly (Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is to reset the invoice to Draft, apply the changes, and then send the invoice again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "List of common errors on invoices" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 msgid "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT `_." msgstr "" @@ -7316,10 +6649,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Invoice PDF report" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:460 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "" @@ -7332,10 +6661,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Buying credits in the IAP" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:473 msgid "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" @@ -7349,10 +6674,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by the SUNAT, the correct way to proceed is by clicking on the button Request Cancellation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Request invoice cancellation button" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:490 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." msgstr "" @@ -7361,18 +6682,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the button “Send now”. Once it is sent, a cancellation ticket is created, as a result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Cancellation CDR sent by the SUNAT" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:504 msgid "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "nvoice after cancellation" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:513 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." msgstr "" @@ -7393,10 +6706,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Exportation invoices main data" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 msgid "Advance Payments" msgstr "" @@ -7433,26 +6742,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "Detraction fields on products" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:549 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "Detraction code on invoices." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”, a part of the Peruvian localization you need to prove a Credit Reason selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Add Credit Note from invoice" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." msgstr "" @@ -7461,10 +6758,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:None -msgid "Credit Note document type" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:576 msgid "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" @@ -7569,10 +6862,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named *Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab. In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:None -msgid "Configure your Journal to display your ISR as payment reference on your invoices in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" @@ -7839,18 +7128,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install your country's module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:None -msgid "Install the appropriate module as fiscal localization package in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:None -msgid "Select your country's fiscal localization package in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 msgid "Use" msgstr "" @@ -7891,10 +7172,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization Packages ` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:None -msgid "Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "" @@ -8075,10 +7352,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Israel - Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 -msgid "Italy" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 msgid "Italy - Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -8325,10 +7598,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number, in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:None -msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 msgid "Configuration of an Account" msgstr "" @@ -8518,10 +7787,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the *Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:None -msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" msgstr "" @@ -8593,10 +7858,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None -msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" @@ -8622,10 +7883,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None -msgid "Add your company's details in Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:47 msgid "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update Info**." msgstr "" @@ -8678,10 +7935,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double arrow button* at the end of the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None -msgid "Setup of the Chart of Accounts and their opening balances in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to configure your Chart of Accounts." msgstr "" @@ -8702,10 +7955,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None -msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" msgstr "" @@ -8738,10 +7987,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ *footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None -msgid "Document layout configuration in Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:163 msgid "Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." msgstr "" @@ -8781,8 +8026,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:3 +msgid "Main accounting concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:6 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:8 +msgid "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:20 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:27 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:29 +msgid "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:33 +msgid "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:37 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:39 +msgid "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:45 +msgid "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:49 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:57 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:59 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:63 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:66 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:69 +msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:71 +msgid "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:76 +msgid "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:81 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:83 +msgid "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:87 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:88 +msgid "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:90 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:91 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:92 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:94 +msgid "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:98 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:100 +msgid "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger. Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:108 +msgid "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:114 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:116 +msgid "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:121 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:123 +msgid "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO (for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:132 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:134 +msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:7 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:13 @@ -11531,10 +10936,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Configuration of an Assets Account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" @@ -11553,10 +10954,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Selection of an Assets Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" @@ -11567,10 +10964,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Expense Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Change of the Assets Account for a product in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 msgid "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries ` for these products." msgstr "" @@ -11586,12 +10979,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Modification of a posted journal item's account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 msgid "Assets entries" msgstr "" @@ -11614,18 +11001,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Assets entry in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Depreciation Board in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 @@ -11676,10 +11055,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Create Asset Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 msgid "Modification of an Asset" msgstr "" @@ -11700,10 +11075,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart Button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Gross Increase smart button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" msgstr "" @@ -11716,10 +11087,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Disposal of Assets in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 msgid "Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the amount it is sold for." msgstr "" @@ -11758,10 +11125,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Assets model button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 msgid "Automate the Assets" msgstr "" @@ -11782,10 +11145,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None -msgid "Automate Assets on an account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account** of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-account`)." msgstr "" @@ -11822,10 +11181,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Expense Account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" msgstr "" @@ -11834,14 +11189,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the expenses must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Selection of a Deferred Expense Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Change of the Expense Account for a product in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 msgid "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." msgstr "" @@ -11862,18 +11209,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Deferred Expense entry in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Expense Board in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the most accurately possible." msgstr "" @@ -11903,11 +11242,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Create Deferred Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" msgstr "" @@ -11932,10 +11266,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Deferred Expense model button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" @@ -11956,10 +11286,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see: `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None -msgid "Automate Deferred Expense on an account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account** of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" @@ -12192,10 +11518,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:None -msgid "Activate the feature going to the settings application in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 msgid "Start digitizing your bills" msgstr "" @@ -12212,10 +11534,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the right information instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:None -msgid "Example of a scanned bill in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 msgid "The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the correct data." msgstr "" @@ -12267,10 +11585,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:None -msgid "Fill out the draft purchase receipt in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 msgid "You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." msgstr "" @@ -12287,10 +11601,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values according to your needs, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:None -msgid "Change the accounts used in the journal entry to record a purchase receipt." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" @@ -12551,10 +11861,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Revenue Account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*" msgstr "" @@ -12571,10 +11877,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Selection of a Deferred Revenue Account on a draft invoice in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" @@ -12583,10 +11885,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Change of the Income Account for a product in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" @@ -12611,18 +11909,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Deferred Revenue entry in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Revenue Board in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the most accurately possible." msgstr "" @@ -12671,10 +11961,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Deferred Revenue model button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" @@ -12695,10 +11981,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see: `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None -msgid "Automate Deferred Revenue on an account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" @@ -12768,7 +12050,7 @@ msgid "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers Configuration --> Journals`, open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch Deposit**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None -msgid "Payment Method Types in a journal's advanced settings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 msgid "Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch payments when you activate the feature." msgstr "" @@ -13281,10 +12541,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* as Payment Method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None -msgid "Registering a customer payment as part of a Batch Deposit in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." msgstr "" @@ -13301,18 +12557,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None -msgid "Filling out a new Inbound Batch Payment form on Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 msgid "Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on *Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by clicking on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None -msgid "Selection of all payments to include in the Batch Deposit" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 msgid "Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to fill out." msgstr "" @@ -13325,10 +12573,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank statement line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None -msgid "Reconciliation of the Batch Payment with all its transactions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 msgid "If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." msgstr "" @@ -13365,10 +12609,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's **Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None -msgid "Add a SEPA Creditor Identifier to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "" @@ -13385,10 +12625,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None -msgid "Fill out SEPA Direct Debit in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" @@ -13429,10 +12665,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is *Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None -msgid "Close or Revoke an SDD Mandate in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with an SDD payment." msgstr "" @@ -13473,26 +12705,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related *bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None -msgid "Start the SDD payments collection in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None -msgid "Create a batch payment with all the SDD payments in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None -msgid "Generate an XML file for your SDD payments in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the payments." msgstr "" @@ -13721,10 +12941,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue, you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:None -msgid "Payment acquirer choice after having clicked on \"Pay Now\"" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 msgid "Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured `." msgstr "" @@ -13745,18 +12961,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:None -msgid "Email with a link to view the invoice online on the Customer Portal." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 msgid "They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:None -msgid "\"Pay now\" button on an invoice in the Customer Portal." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" @@ -13913,10 +13121,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None -msgid "Configure how often tax returns have to be made in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 msgid "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up <../../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup>`." msgstr "" @@ -13929,18 +13133,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None -msgid "see which tax grids are used to record transactions in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 msgid "To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record invoices or credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None -msgid "Configure taxes and their tax grids in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 msgid "Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation of your database. :doc:`Click here <../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" @@ -13965,10 +13161,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None -msgid "Lock your tax for a specific period in Odoo Acounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" @@ -13986,18 +13178,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the button *Closing Journal Entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None -msgid "Select the period for the tax return and create a closing journal entry in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 msgid "After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None -msgid "download the PDF with your Tax Report in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 msgid "If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -14666,10 +13850,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:None -msgid "Odoo fills out the Tax field automatically according to the Default Taxes" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the Fiscal Position." msgstr "" @@ -14682,26 +13862,84 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:None -msgid "Define which taxes to use by default on Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 msgid "Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-specific." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:3 +msgid "EU intra-community Distance Selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:5 +msgid "**Distance sales within the European Union** include cross-border sales of goods and services to a private consumer (B2C) in another EU Member State when the seller doesn't meet face-to-face with the customer. Organizations must ensure that the VAT on distance sales is paid to the Member State in which the goods or services are delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:11 +msgid "This remains true even if your organization is located outside of the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:13 +msgid "While this regulation mainly applies to :doc:`eCommerce <../../../../websites/ecommerce>` sales to private EU consumers, it is also valid for mail order sales and telesales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:16 +msgid "The Union **One-Stop Shop (OSS)** is an online portal where businesses can register for the OSS and declare their intra-community distance sales. Each EU member states integrates an online OSS portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:19 +msgid "The **EU intra-community Distance Selling** feature helps your organization comply with this regulation by creating and configuring new :doc:`fiscal positions ` and :doc:`taxes ` based on your company's country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:24 +msgid "`European Commission: OSS | Taxation and Customs Union `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:32 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings --> Taxes`, then enable **EU intra-community Distance Selling** (or **EU Digital Goods VAT** if you created your database before July 1, 2021), and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:41 +msgid "Please :ref:`upgrade the module ` `l10n_eu_service` if you already installed it before **July 1, 2021**, or if you activated the feature **EU Digital Goods VAT** in the Accounting settings. Then, make sure to :ref:`refresh the tax mapping `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:49 +msgid "Fiscal Positions and Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:51 +msgid "Once enabled, the feature automatically creates all the necessary taxes and fiscal positions needed for each EU member state, based on your company's country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 +msgid "We highly recommend checking that the proposed mapping is suitable for the products and services you sell before using it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:60 +msgid "Refresh tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:62 +msgid "Whenever you add or modify taxes, you can update automatically your fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:64 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings --> Taxes --> EU intra-community Distance Selling` and click on the *Refresh tax mapping* button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" msgstr "" @@ -14714,10 +13952,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None -msgid "Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" msgstr "" @@ -14786,10 +14020,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None -msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 msgid "Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has logged in or filled out their billing details." msgstr "" @@ -14818,11 +14048,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None -msgid "Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" msgstr "" @@ -15005,18 +14230,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None -msgid "Activate pre-configured taxes in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None -msgid "Edition of a tax in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" @@ -15215,10 +14432,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None -msgid "Allocate tax amounts to the right accounts and tax grids" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 msgid "**Based On**:" msgstr "" @@ -15251,10 +14464,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None -msgid "The Label on Invoices is displayed on each invoice line" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 msgid "Tax Group" msgstr "" @@ -15267,10 +14476,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal Positions `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None -msgid "The Tax Group name is different from the Label on Invoices" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 msgid "In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids. Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." msgstr "" @@ -15335,10 +14540,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include this tax, or add it directly to a product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None -msgid "The eco-tax is taken into the basis of the 21% VAT tax" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 msgid "The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." msgstr "" @@ -15347,10 +14548,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax names." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:0 -msgid "The taxes' sequence in Odoo determines which tax is applied first" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" msgstr "" @@ -15371,10 +14568,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:None -msgid "Enable \"Verify VAT Numbers\" in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 msgid "VAT Number validation" msgstr "" @@ -15383,18 +14576,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the **Country** and **VAT** fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:None -msgid "Fill out the contact form with the country and VAT number before clicking on *Save*" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 msgid "When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an error message if the VAT number is invalid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:None -msgid "Odoo displays an error message instead of saving when the VAT number is invalid" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 msgid "This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other fields' validity." msgstr "" @@ -15435,10 +14620,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces` and select the workspace where the action should apply. Click on the *Actions* smart button, and then on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:None -msgid "Workflow actions smart button in Odoo Documents" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:33 msgid "An action applies to all *Child Workspaces* under the *Parent Workspace* you selected." msgstr "" @@ -15471,10 +14652,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Owner**: the files must be associated with the owner set here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:None -msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:59 msgid "If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files located inside the selected workspace." msgstr "" @@ -15491,26 +14668,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the *Domain* condition, the :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated. Once that's done, select the *Domain* condition type, and click on *Add Filter*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:None -msgid "Activating the domain condition type in Odoo Documents" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:76 msgid "To create a rule, you typically select a field, an operator, and a value. For example, if you want to add a workflow action to all the PDF files inside a workspace, set the field to *Mime Type*, the operator to *contains*, and the value to *pdf*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:None -msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:84 msgid "Click on *Add node* (plus-circle icon) and *Add branch* (ellipsis icon) to add conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify if your rule should match *ALL* or *ANY* conditions. You can also edit the rule directly using the *Code editor*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:None -msgid "Add a node or a branch to a workflow action's condition in Odoo Documents" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:93 msgid "Configure the actions" msgstr "" @@ -15583,10 +14748,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the document owner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:None -msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:5 msgid "Expenses" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index d818f5120..c4e1733a7 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 13:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-08-10 09:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,221 +16,96 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:5 -msgid "General" +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:22 -msgid "Users and Features" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:3 +msgid "Apps and modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:24 -msgid "As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently in use." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:5 +msgid "You can :ref:`install `, :ref:`upgrade ` and :ref:`uninstall ` all apps and modules from the :menuselection:`Apps` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a paying one on our online platform)." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:8 +msgid "By default, an *Apps* filter is applied. If you want to search for modules, click on *Filters* and select *Extra*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:34 -msgid "This section contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:16 +msgid "Odoo is *not a smartphone*, and its apps shouldn't be installed or uninstalled carelessly. Apply caution when adding or removing apps and modules on your database since this may impact your subscription costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:39 -msgid "You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online ` and :ref:`on premise ` installations." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Installing or uninstalling apps and managing users is up to you.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:43 -msgid "If you have questions about the content of this section or if you encounter an issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our `support form `__." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage, as you know best how your organization works." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:49 -msgid "Deactivating Users" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Odoo apps have dependencies.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:51 -msgid "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to change the status of any of your users." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "Installing some apps and features with dependencies may also install additional apps and modules that are technically required, even if you won't actively use them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:54 -msgid "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Test app installation/removal on a duplicate of your database.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:95 -msgid "|settings|" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "This way, you can know what app dependencies may be required or what data may be erased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:140 -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:140 -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:140 -msgid "settings" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:32 +msgid "Install apps and modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:58 -msgid "|browse_users|" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:34 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, and click on the *Install* button of the app you want to install." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:142 -msgid "browse_users" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:37 +msgid "If the module you are looking for is not listed, you can **update the app list**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:61 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:39 +msgid "To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List` and click on *Update*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:66 -msgid "The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:45 +msgid "Upgrade apps and modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:71 -msgid "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click on Archive." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:47 +msgid "On some occasions, new improvements or app features are added to :doc:`supported versions of Odoo `. To be able to use them, you must **upgrade** your app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:79 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you want to upgrade, then on *Upgrade*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:81 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:56 +msgid "Uninstall apps and modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:84 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you want to uninstall, then on *Uninstall*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:86 -msgid "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate ` of your database before making any changes (*especially* installing/uninstalling apps)." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:64 +msgid "Some apps have dependencies, meaning that one app requires another. Therefore, uninstalling one app may uninstall multiple apps and modules. Odoo warns you which dependant apps and modules are affected by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:90 -msgid "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to access the list of your installed applications." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:71 +msgid "To complete the uninstallation, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:95 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:141 -msgid "browse_apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:98 -msgid "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:105 -msgid "Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:112 -msgid "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:117 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:120 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:122 -msgid "**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we *do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:128 -msgid "**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:135 -msgid "**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:147 -msgid "Activate the developer mode (debug mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:149 -msgid "The developer mode (or debug mode) gives you access to extra and advanced tools." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:152 -msgid "Through the Settings application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:154 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:161 -msgid "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:164 -msgid "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:167 -msgid "Through a browser extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:170 -msgid "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:172 -msgid "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use a single click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:None -msgid "View of odoo’s debug icon in a chrome’s toolbar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:179 -msgid "Through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:181 -msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:None -msgid "Overview of an url with the debug mode command added in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:188 -msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:191 -msgid "Locate the mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:193 -msgid "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* button, located on the header of your pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:None -msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:201 -msgid "Mobile Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:203 -msgid "As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:206 -msgid "Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:74 +msgid "Uninstalling an app also uninstalls all its dependencies and permanently erases their data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 @@ -346,162 +221,132 @@ msgid "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft A msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" +msgid "Google Sign-In Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 -msgid "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard `_." +msgid "The **Google Sign-In Authentication** is a useful function that allows your users to sign in to Odoo with their Google account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 -msgid "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." +msgid "This is particularly helpful if your organization uses Google Workforce and you want the employees within your organization to connect to Odoo with their Google Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 -msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 -msgid "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 -msgid "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 -msgid "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 Client ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 -msgid "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 -msgid "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Then click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 -msgid "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 -msgid "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in Python but programming skills are not required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 -msgid "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*. The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now available." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 +msgid "The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None -msgid "Enable the Google Drive and Google Spreadsheet features in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 +msgid "Google API Dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 -msgid "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password --> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:23 +msgid "Go to the `Google API Dashboard `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +msgid "Make sure the right project is opened. If you don't have a project yet, click on *Create Project*, fill out the project name and other details of your company, and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 -msgid "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to Google Spreadsheet*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:32 +msgid "Choose the name of your own company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None -msgid "From the CRM application, for example, click on add to Google Spreadsheet in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:37 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 -msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 -msgid "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:45 +msgid "Choose one of the options **(Internal / External)** as instructed, and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 -msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:51 +msgid "Fill out your details and domain info, then click on *Save and Continue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 -msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:52 +msgid "On the **Scopes** page, leave all fields as is, and click on *Save and Continue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> Username --> Password`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None -msgid "Menu called Odoo is shown on the settings bar in the Spreadsheet" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:59 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 -msgid "Applications" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 +msgid "Click on *Create Credentials* and select **OAuth client ID**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 -msgid "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve data and retrieve grouped sums." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 +msgid "Select **Web Application** as the Application type. Now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 -msgid "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is usually fine." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74 +msgid "In order to achieve this, in the **Authorized redirect URIs** field, enter your database's domain immediately followed by ``/auth_oauth/signin``. For example: ``https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin``, then click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 -msgid "Retrieve Data" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:85 +msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 -msgid "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse (table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 +msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 -msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:92 +msgid "Once you have done the previous steps, two keys are generated on the Google API Dashboard: *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. Copy the *Client ID*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None -msgid "Table with examples of arguments to use in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 -msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:104 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate **OAuth Authentication**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 -msgid "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group (table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:108 +msgid "You may have to log in again after this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 -msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 +msgid "Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations`, activate **Google Authentication**, then fill out the *Client ID* with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None -msgid "Table with examples of grouped sum arguments to use in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:121 +msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 -msgid "Other uses" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:123 +msgid "To link your Google account to your Odoo profile, click on *Log in with Google* when you are asked to choose a new password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 -msgid "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:130 +msgid "Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to access the *reset password* page, while new users can directly click on *Log in with Google* instead of choosing a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 +msgid "`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgid "Sign in with LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 @@ -648,18 +493,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 -msgid "Adding a platform in Microsoft Azure for Outlook calendar sync in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 -msgid "Odoo's database URI that is accepted when microsoft returns authentication" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 msgid "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check this page `_." msgstr "" @@ -676,26 +513,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:None -msgid "Outlook Calendar feature activated in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 msgid "From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:None -msgid "Client ID token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 msgid "Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:None -msgid "Client Secret token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 msgid "Sync with Outlook" msgstr "" @@ -708,26 +533,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. This will prevent events from being created in Outlook, and therefore, no redundant emails will be sent during the first synchronization. After the sync, events will only send one confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 -msgid "Archive events in Odoo Calendar" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 msgid "Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:None -msgid "Calendar view and the button Sync with Outlook in Odoo Calendar" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 msgid "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:None -msgid "View of Odoo's Calendar synched with Outlook's Calendar" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 msgid "All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync their calendar with Outlook `. The configuration of Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD tenants' are unique, and represent an organization that helps you to manage a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for your internal and external users." msgstr "" @@ -740,6 +553,62 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 +msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 +msgid "The developer mode (or debug mode) gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:10 +msgid "Activate through the Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +msgid "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:22 +msgid "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:25 +msgid "Activate through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28 +msgid "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:30 +msgid "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 +msgid "Activate through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:49 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:51 +msgid "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" @@ -756,18 +625,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so, activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on *Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:None -msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:22 msgid "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:None -msgid "overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:30 msgid "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, not just the ones which can be imported." msgstr "" @@ -1262,189 +1123,7 @@ msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 -msgid "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:133 -msgid "Multi Companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:5 -msgid "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the overall management process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:11 -msgid "Manage companies and records" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:13 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are active)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:22 -msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:0 -msgid "View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:31 -msgid "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the environment in use is of *JS Store US*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:40 -msgid "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:43 -msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:44 -msgid "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that specific company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:51 -msgid "Employees' access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:53 -msgid "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights ` for *Multi Companies*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of an user form emphasizing the multi companies field under the access rights tabs\n" -"in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:62 -msgid "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is **editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:65 -msgid "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US (the company from which the sale order was issued)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:66 -msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:68 -msgid "The current company (the one active) or," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:69 -msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:70 -msgid "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record is being edited)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:73 -msgid "Documents’ format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:75 -msgid "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select* the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document Layout*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:83 -msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:85 -msgid "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`Chart of Accounts <../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:88 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:94 -msgid "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level or at a sales/purchase orders level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the inter company transaction field in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:102 -msgid "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:105 -msgid "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:112 -msgid "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:116 -msgid "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None -msgid "View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:125 -msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between the companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:128 -msgid "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:131 -msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgid "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:5 @@ -1459,10 +1138,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Offering several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:None -msgid "Pay online in the customer portal and select which payment acquirer to use." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:28 msgid "Odoo apps delegate the handling of sensitive information to the certified payment acquirer so that you don't ever have to worry about PCI compliance." msgstr "" @@ -1591,10 +1266,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to *Enabled*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:None -msgid "Click on install, then on activate to make the payment acquirer available on Odoo." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:117 msgid "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on your main database." msgstr "" @@ -1752,10 +1423,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:None -msgid "Authorize.Net logo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 msgid "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <../payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to process your customer's payment after delivery." msgstr "" @@ -1788,10 +1455,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings --> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and **Signature Key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:None -msgid "Generate your Transaction Key and Signature Key on your Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 msgid "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide `__" @@ -1809,11 +1472,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation <../payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 msgid "Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." msgstr "" @@ -1870,18 +1528,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:None -msgid "Authorize.Net Configuration tab on Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 msgid "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* to unlock the funds from the customer's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:None -msgid "Hold the credit card payment until you capture or revoke it on Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 msgid "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by Authorize.net." msgstr "" @@ -2144,10 +1794,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:None -msgid "Select and add icons of payment methods you want to enable" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 msgid "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." msgstr "" @@ -2188,218 +1834,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* or duplicate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 -msgid "Unsplash" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:7 +msgid "Users & Companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:6 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:9 -msgid "**As a SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:13 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Saas users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:15 -msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:17 -msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard `_ and click on **New Application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:23 -msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:28 -msgid "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a **Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on **Create application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:35 -msgid "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit to find your **access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:42 -msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:46 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:49 -msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:51 -msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard `_ and click on your newly created Unsplash application under **Your applications**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:57 -msgid "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:65 -msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash requests per hour restriction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:5 -msgid "Users settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:9 msgid "Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:18 -msgid ":doc:`users/language`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:19 -msgid ":doc:`users/access_rights`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:24 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:26 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:35 -msgid "Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :doc:`Access Rights ` choose the group within each application the user can have access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:36 -msgid "The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:42 -msgid "When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the invitation and create a login." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "View of a user’s form with a notification that the invitation email has been sent in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:50 -msgid "Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our `pricing page `_ for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:54 -msgid "With the :ref:`developer mode ` activated, *User Types* can be selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "View of a user’s form in developer mode emphasizing the user type field in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:61 -msgid "The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:68 -msgid "Passwords management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:73 -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:78 -msgid "Enable password resets from login page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:80 -msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:82 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate **Password Reset** and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "Enabling Password Reset in Odoo Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:91 -msgid "Send reset instructions to users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:93 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its user form. An email is automatically sent to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:98 -msgid "The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:101 -msgid "This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:111 -msgid "Change users’ passwords" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:113 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change Password*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "Change another user's password on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:120 -msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:123 -msgid "This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:127 -msgid "Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:135 -msgid "The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple companies database you hold the user can have access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:139 -msgid "Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this ` documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None -msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:149 -msgid ":doc:`multi_companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:150 -msgid ":doc:`../general`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:3 msgid "Access Rights" msgstr "" @@ -2420,18 +1862,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative rights are shown in black." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab users in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:22 msgid "*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to *Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab inherited in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:32 msgid "Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that they are being applied to the needed and right users." msgstr "" @@ -2440,10 +1874,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab menus in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:42 msgid "*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each model, enable the following options as appropriate:" msgstr "" @@ -2464,10 +1894,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab access rights in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:55 msgid "As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." msgstr "" @@ -2476,14 +1902,154 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, *Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab record rules in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:65 msgid "Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:3 +msgid "Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:5 +msgid "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:11 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:22 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:31 +msgid "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:40 +msgid "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:43 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:44 +msgid "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 +msgid "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights ` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:62 +msgid "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is **editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:65 +msgid "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US (the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 +msgid "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 +msgid "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select* the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 +msgid "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`Chart of Accounts <../../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:96 +msgid "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:104 +msgid "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:107 +msgid "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:114 +msgid "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:118 +msgid "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:127 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:130 +msgid "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "" @@ -2540,6 +2106,138 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:3 +msgid "Manage users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo defines a **user** as someone who has access to a database to perform daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`language`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`access_rights`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:16 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:27 +msgid "Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :doc:`Access Rights ` choose the group within each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:28 +msgid "The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:34 +msgid "When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:42 +msgid "Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our `pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:46 +msgid "With the :ref:`developer mode ` activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:53 +msgid "The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:60 +msgid "Deactivate users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:62 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, open the user you want to deactivate, click on *Action*, and then on *Archive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:66 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:71 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:76 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:81 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:83 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:85 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate **Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:94 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:96 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:101 +msgid "The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:104 +msgid "This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:114 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:116 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:123 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:126 +msgid "This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:130 +msgid "Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:136 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:138 +msgid "The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:142 +msgid "Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`companies`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" @@ -2757,10 +2455,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:None -msgid "VoIP module installation on an Odoo database" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" @@ -2777,10 +2471,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:None -msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:37 msgid "Configure the VOIP user in the Odoo's user" msgstr "" @@ -2797,18 +2487,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:None -msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:50 msgid "You can find all this information by logging in at https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 -msgid "SIP credentials in the Axivox manager" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "" @@ -2825,26 +2507,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:None -msgid "Incoming VoIP call in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:72 msgid "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 -msgid "\"Missing Parameter\" error message in the Odoo softphone" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:80 msgid "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by the international country code. E.g., +16506913277 (where +1 is the international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 -msgid "\"Incorrect Number\" error message in the Odoo softphone" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index 402d06d18..30e95dc9c 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 13:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-08-10 09:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,10 +20,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & Mrp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 msgid "Barcodes" msgstr "" @@ -336,6 +349,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -911,10 +925,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the features to enable in order to use multi-step routes for goods reception" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 msgid "By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" @@ -927,10 +937,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the incoming shipment strategy to choose to receive goods in three steps" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." msgstr "" @@ -951,10 +957,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the three moves created by the purchase of products in three steps strategy" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" msgstr "" @@ -967,39 +969,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the button to click to see the receipts that need to be processed" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the reception area to the warehouse input area" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 msgid "Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes *Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the transfer can be directly validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the button to click to see the internal transfers that need to be processed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the input area to the quality control area" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 msgid "Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None -msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the quality control area to the stock" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" msgstr "" @@ -1121,64 +1102,59 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgid "Expiration Dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 -msgid "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to customers." +msgid "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 -msgid "With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 +msgid "With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 -msgid "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +msgid "To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 -msgid "Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product form:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +msgid "Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +msgid "Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on each lot/serial number received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 -msgid "Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the lot/serial number;" +msgid "Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on each lot/serial number received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgid "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each lot/serial number received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 -msgid "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgid "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible user defined on the Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 -msgid "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be raised on the lot/serial number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 -msgid "When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +msgid "When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 @@ -1186,7 +1162,7 @@ msgid "Expiration Alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 -msgid "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their alert date." +msgid "You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded their respective alert dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1306,6 +1282,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-entry management is the feature you need." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" @@ -1412,43 +1392,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option in the Odoo Inventory app" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` and hit the create button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 msgid "Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 msgid "In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to be included in the batch transfer were selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 msgid "To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the locations they have been reserved from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target locations" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" msgstr "" @@ -1457,18 +1416,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers list view" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch transfer or create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" @@ -1477,23 +1428,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select *Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 msgid "In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" msgstr "" @@ -1502,34 +1440,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 msgid "In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 msgid "To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:None -msgid "View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode application" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 msgid "Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last page) to mark the batch transfer as done." msgstr "" @@ -1634,19 +1556,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is automatically computed based on the different lead times previously configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into account" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 msgid "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a warning message is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n" -"by Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 msgid "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure all the lead times that could occur." msgstr "" @@ -1659,10 +1572,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of April." msgstr "" @@ -1685,10 +1594,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales settings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" @@ -1725,18 +1630,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the *Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times depending on the vendor." msgstr "" @@ -1749,10 +1646,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" @@ -1769,10 +1662,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product. To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the *MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of July is June 27th." msgstr "" @@ -1785,10 +1674,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None -msgid "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app settings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." msgstr "" @@ -2051,10 +1936,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate \\*multi-step routes\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:None -msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in an Odoo database's settings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 msgid "You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" @@ -2886,10 +2767,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable **Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:None -msgid "Enabling the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable **Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." msgstr "" @@ -2906,10 +2783,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five characters maximum." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:None -msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 msgid "The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" @@ -2918,10 +2791,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your warehouse have been automatically generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:None -msgid "Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer type for the recently created warehouse." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "" @@ -2934,18 +2803,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:None -msgid "View of the inventory adjustment form before hitting the start button." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:None -msgid "View of the actual physical inventory of the new warehouse." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 msgid "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of all your products." msgstr "" @@ -2962,10 +2823,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned Transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:None -msgid "View of the choice between planned transfer and immediate transfer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your \"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your \"new\" warehouse)." msgstr "" @@ -2974,10 +2831,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:None -msgid "View of the internal transfer form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 msgid "If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." msgstr "" @@ -2994,26 +2847,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:None -msgid "View of the dashboard with a zoom of the pending internal transfer." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 msgid "Select the right transfer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:None -msgid "View of the pending internal transfers list." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 msgid "Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how many products you process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:None -msgid "View of a backorder pop-up window because all products are not moved at the same time." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 msgid "If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." msgstr "" @@ -3082,26 +2923,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also trigger all the route's rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 msgid "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 msgid "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "How does it work?" @@ -3179,10 +3008,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" @@ -3199,34 +3024,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 msgid "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 msgid "Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 msgid "Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the rules for the pre-configured route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" @@ -3235,10 +3044,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -3247,58 +3052,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" @@ -3311,10 +3088,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules* section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and *Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all of them:" msgstr "" @@ -3339,10 +3112,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "" @@ -3391,42 +3160,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 msgid "This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 msgid "If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 msgid "To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and output zones" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 msgid "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing zones" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 msgid "As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." msgstr "" @@ -3435,10 +3184,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None -msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "" @@ -3503,26 +3248,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with the products fitting your settings the best." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 msgid "On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick for delivery." msgstr "" @@ -3587,10 +3320,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and *Lots & Serial Numbers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 msgid "To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." msgstr "" @@ -3599,10 +3328,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" @@ -3615,10 +3340,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 msgid "The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from that lot are the first ones to move out." msgstr "" @@ -3627,10 +3348,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" @@ -3643,18 +3360,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So, let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 msgid "Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved products are from lots 000003 and 000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" msgstr "" @@ -3675,10 +3384,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 msgid "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" @@ -3691,10 +3396,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force Removal Strategy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 msgid "For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots of them." msgstr "" @@ -3745,10 +3446,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None -msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "" @@ -4399,10 +4096,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Manufacturing** helps you schedule, plan and process manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the shop floor to control all your work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing Management" msgstr "" @@ -5047,10 +4756,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on the right of its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate replenishments and follow up on your orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" @@ -5071,10 +4788,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it, key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:None -msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" @@ -5115,10 +4828,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison* feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:None -msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" @@ -5127,10 +4836,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to :menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:None -msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -5143,10 +4848,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:None -msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 msgid "Visualize your data" msgstr "" @@ -5155,10 +4856,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:None -msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are displayed." msgstr "" @@ -5171,10 +4868,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the *Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add *Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:None -msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" @@ -5207,10 +4900,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Purchase Agreements*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:None -msgid "Enable purchase agreements in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" msgstr "" @@ -5235,10 +4924,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities of agreement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:None -msgid "Configure purchase agreements types in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 msgid "Set up a blanket order" msgstr "" @@ -5251,10 +4936,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is only used for informational purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:None -msgid "Set up a blanket order in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 msgid "You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on *Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready to be used." msgstr "" @@ -5271,10 +4952,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:None -msgid "Create new quotations for an ongoing blanket order in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 msgid "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it to an existing *Blanket Order*." msgstr "" @@ -5287,10 +4964,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:None -msgid "Blanket order added to product configuration in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 msgid "Set up a call for tenders" msgstr "" @@ -5307,10 +4980,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:None -msgid "Set up a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" msgstr "" @@ -5319,26 +4988,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process for each vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:None -msgid "Request a quotation from a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 msgid "Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:None -msgid "Validate a call for tenders and view all quotations in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 msgid "Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:None -msgid "Confirm an order in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" msgstr "" @@ -5359,11 +5016,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control policy for all the products created onwards." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:None -msgid "Vendor bills default control setting for new products in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 msgid "By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are used to generate the draft bill." msgstr "" @@ -5372,10 +5024,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try to create one without having received any product, you get an error message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:None -msgid "No invoiceable line error message in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" msgstr "" @@ -5392,10 +5040,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the *Other Information* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:None -msgid "Purchase order billing status in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 msgid "Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." msgstr "" @@ -5460,10 +5104,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way matching*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:None -msgid "3-way-matching setting in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 msgid "3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On received quantities*." msgstr "" @@ -5476,10 +5116,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:None -msgid "Should Be Paid field under a vendor bill in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 msgid "As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* when you create one." msgstr "" @@ -5492,10 +5128,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *No*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:None -msgid "Paid bill in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 msgid "The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." msgstr "" @@ -5520,10 +5152,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:None -msgid "Set the product type in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 msgid "As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's *Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." msgstr "" @@ -5532,10 +5160,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices for different quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:None -msgid "Add vendor to a product in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 msgid "By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled *Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown in the image above. For more information, see :doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" msgstr "" @@ -5544,10 +5168,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy* route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, select *Dropship*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:None -msgid "Choose product routes in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 msgid "Set up your reordering rule" msgstr "" @@ -5556,10 +5176,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:None -msgid "Reordering rules button on a product in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 msgid "Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." msgstr "" @@ -5588,10 +5204,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and respect the set quantity multiple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:None -msgid "Create a reordering rule in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 msgid "If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred Route* column, and selecting the right route." msgstr "" @@ -5624,10 +5236,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:None -msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" @@ -5652,10 +5260,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in **gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* (liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:None -msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" @@ -5672,10 +5276,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:None -msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" @@ -5688,10 +5288,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:None -msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" @@ -5712,14 +5308,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:None -msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard units of measure." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:None -msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing.pot b/locale/sources/marketing.pot index 8e75bb326..a353faa33 100644 --- a/locale/sources/marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/marketing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 13:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-08-10 09:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,10 +20,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:8 msgid "Marketing Automation" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Marketing `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" @@ -44,14 +49,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:None -msgid "Metrics in Odoo Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 msgid "The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an email address set." msgstr "" @@ -100,7 +97,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from the beginning (parent action)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "" @@ -132,10 +129,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message, that includes the following characters:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None -msgid "GSM7 in Odoo SMS Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 msgid "**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." msgstr "" @@ -160,12 +153,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None -msgid "SMS pricing and FAQ Odoo SMS Marketing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 msgid "How do I buy credits?" msgstr "" @@ -282,201 +269,160 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs `here `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:5 -msgid "Survey" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 +msgid "Surveys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Surveys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:5 msgid "Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your market is thinking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:11 msgid "Get started" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:13 msgid "When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as different applications might use it for different purposes such as recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None -msgid "Form view of a survey with a title and category being chosen in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:22 msgid "Tab: Questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:24 msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:27 msgid "On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey without answering the respective question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:29 msgid "Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and different possibilities. Examples:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:31 msgid "*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length (number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:33 msgid "*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, with which a text type field is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:37 msgid "*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per row." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None -msgid "Sections and questions view of a survey in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:44 msgid "Tab: Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:46 msgid "Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's homepage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None -msgid "Frontend of a survey showing the title and description of a survey for Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:53 msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:56 msgid "Tab: Options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:58 msgid "Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing *One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None -msgid "Form view of a survey emphasizing the layout feature under options in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:67 msgid "Test and share the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:70 msgid "Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the details of the respondent and his answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:72 msgid "By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of entries clean with only real participants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None -msgid "View list of the participations of a survey in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:79 msgid "Another way to access detailed answers is by going to :menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:80 msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None -msgid "View of an analytical page for Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`scoring`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`time_random`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:3 msgid "Scoring Surveys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:5 msgid "To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:9 msgid "On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab *Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right answer and score." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:None -msgid "Form view of a survey showing a list of answers in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:17 msgid "Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully finish it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:None -msgid "Form view of a survey emphasizing the scoring and candidates section in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:25 msgid "Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted badges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:None -msgid "View of the courses tab emphasizing the latest achievements section on the website for\n" -"Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:3 msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:6 msgid "Time Limit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:10 msgid "On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them looking at external resources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11 msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:None -msgid "View of a survey form emphasizing the time limit feature in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:17 msgid "A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:21 msgid "Selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:25 msgid "When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:27 msgid "To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section should be taken into account during the shuffling." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:None -msgid "View of a survey form emphasizing the random questions count column in Odoo Surveys" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot index e027c99c1..2179f2efa 100644 --- a/locale/sources/productivity.pot +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 13:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-08-10 09:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Productivity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 msgid "Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -313,10 +313,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to job applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:None -msgid "New email template form in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To (Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" @@ -337,26 +333,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you would like to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:None -msgid "View of the dynamic placeholder generator tab under a new template in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 msgid "Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:None -msgid "View of the body code view under the content tab in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 msgid "Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before sending it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:None -msgid "View of the content with the standard body view in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -377,10 +361,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" @@ -389,18 +369,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 msgid "The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "Start Chatting" msgstr "" @@ -409,11 +381,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of your browser." msgstr "" @@ -422,10 +389,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to *Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." msgstr "" @@ -442,10 +405,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 msgid "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" @@ -474,10 +433,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" @@ -503,10 +458,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the *Activities* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None -msgid "View of crm leads page emphasizing the activities menu for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 msgid "Plan activities" msgstr "" @@ -515,10 +466,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None -msgid "View of crm leads and the option to schedule an activity for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "" @@ -527,10 +474,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" @@ -543,20 +486,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set *Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None -msgid "View of an activity type form emphasizing the field recommended next activities for Odoo\n" -"Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None -msgid "View of an activity being schedule emphasizing the recommended activities field being\n" -"shown for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`get_started`" @@ -578,10 +511,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of discuss’s sidebar and a channel being created in Odo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a specific department)." msgstr "" @@ -594,10 +523,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of a channel’s settings form in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 msgid "Privacy and Members" msgstr "" @@ -610,10 +535,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on *Invite*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the option to invite members in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while *Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they are part of the group." msgstr "" @@ -630,10 +551,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of a message with a pending moderation status in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" @@ -642,18 +559,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of a channel’s settings form emphasizing the tab moderation in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of a message to be moderated in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of their :doc:`notification preference `." msgstr "" @@ -662,10 +571,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of a channel’s setting form emphasizing the ban Lists menu in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 msgid "Quick search bar" msgstr "" @@ -674,10 +579,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a *Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations and quickly find the one you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of the Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 msgid "Finding channels" msgstr "" @@ -690,15 +591,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a single character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None -msgid "View of a channel being searched through filters in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:8 msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" msgstr "" @@ -1286,18 +1183,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box `_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None -msgid "IOT box auto detection." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 msgid "You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None -msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" msgstr "" @@ -1306,28 +1195,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 msgid "Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic Scale* option. Then, you hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None -msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 msgid "The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None -msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:8 +msgid "Studio" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:5 -msgid "Studio" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:10 +msgid "Learn all you need in order to build custom applications: customize views, create specific reports, automate actions, define approval workflows, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:5 @@ -1346,10 +1231,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from changing stage if a field is not filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:None -msgid "Flowchart to exemplify an automated action rule for Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 msgid "Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and *how* to create one:" msgstr "" @@ -1446,10 +1327,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, goes through:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:None -msgid "View of an automated action being created in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." msgstr "" @@ -1514,10 +1391,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the main dashboard emphasizing the option to create a new app in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" msgstr "" @@ -1558,10 +1431,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:None -msgid "Tables with a visual explanation of related fields for Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 msgid "An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* records from a table." msgstr "" @@ -1606,10 +1475,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:None -msgid "Overview of a menu being edit in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 msgid "`Studio Basics `_" msgstr "" @@ -1630,10 +1495,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is *customizations.zip*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:None -msgid "View of the menu customizations in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 msgid "The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." msgstr "" @@ -1642,10 +1503,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on *Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:None -msgid "View of the import modules window for Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 msgid "Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the applications installed on the source database should be installed on the destination database." msgstr "" @@ -1658,11 +1515,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:None -msgid "View of a sales form and the tab properties and its rainbow man field in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 msgid "On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow Man* effect can be applied." msgstr "" @@ -1699,26 +1551,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone, email address, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of the types of new reports in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 msgid "Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many <../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*, *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of a report and the tab add in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 msgid "Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of a report and the tab options in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 msgid "Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to fields." msgstr "" @@ -1731,18 +1571,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups ` can have access to specific elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of a report’s settings emphasizing the field limit visibility to groups in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 msgid "Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective document form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of an invoice form emphasizing the menu print for Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 msgid "If activating the :ref:`developer mode `, additional fields such as *Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become visible." msgstr "" @@ -1759,10 +1591,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:0 -msgid "View of a report being built and emphasizing the undo and redo buttons in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:5 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "" @@ -1804,10 +1632,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:None -msgid "View of an automated action that sets a high priority to Belgian leads in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 msgid "Check :doc:`this doc ` in order to have another automated action example." msgstr "" @@ -1835,18 +1659,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling *Use by default* and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:None -msgid "View of a custom filter being set to be used by default in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 msgid "On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable *Default Filter*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:None -msgid "View of a filter’s rule form emphasizing the field default filter in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 msgid "**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" msgstr "" @@ -1859,10 +1675,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the *Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:None -msgid "Form view emphasizing the button add a pipeline bar in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 msgid "Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), stages are shown in the Kanban view." msgstr "" @@ -1871,10 +1683,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to go back to *Form View*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:0 -msgid "View of Studio emphasizing the form view button in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 msgid "**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set its cost to 0€.**" msgstr "" @@ -1903,10 +1711,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:None -msgid "View of the automated action created to set the price of a product to zero in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" msgstr "" @@ -1927,10 +1731,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "View of the invisibility domain of a field being set in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 msgid "Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France (for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." msgstr "" @@ -1943,10 +1743,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "View of an URL emphasizing where a country’s ID can be found for Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 msgid "**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called: company, value, name, address, active, image.**" msgstr "" @@ -1955,10 +1751,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now, on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "View of the recommended fields for an object in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 msgid "**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to see the properties for each region.**" msgstr "" @@ -1975,11 +1767,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view and a Many2one field being dropped in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 msgid "Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." msgstr "" @@ -1988,18 +1775,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of records on the related model, and allow you to access them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view and the status button window being shown in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 msgid "When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by *Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:0 -msgid "View of the search model window in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 msgid "**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as checkboxes instead of tags.**" msgstr "" @@ -2008,10 +1787,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its *Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view showing the widgets available in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 msgid "**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" msgstr "" @@ -2020,10 +1795,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view emphasizing the widget property in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." msgstr "" @@ -2032,10 +1803,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their *Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is not = > Tags.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view emphasizing a field added and its invisibility properties in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 msgid "**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called 'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed amount is higher than 500€.**" msgstr "" @@ -2044,10 +1811,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view of a required domain being set in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" msgstr "" @@ -2060,18 +1823,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None -msgid "Form view showing more property options and emphasizing the help feature in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 msgid "The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* option under *Properties*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:0 -msgid "View of the properties emphasizing the help tooltip option in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" msgstr "" @@ -2084,10 +1839,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* option as the default one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:None -msgid "View of the Kanban option being set as the default one in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 msgid "**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without having to switch to the form view.**" msgstr "" @@ -2099,7 +1850,3 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 msgid "If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:None -msgid "View options emphasizing the editable options of a leads page in Odoo Studio" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index 193110214..eaa6a2417 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 13:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-08-10 09:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -17,14 +17,22 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:8 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:8 msgid "CRM" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo CRM** helps you organize your sales activities: track leads, close opportunities and get accurate forecasts. Keep opportunities organized with the pipeline and manage your day-to-day activities with meetings and next activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: CRM `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 msgid "Acquire leads" msgstr "" @@ -47,6 +55,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 @@ -59,6 +68,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 @@ -150,16 +160,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:73 -msgid "image0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:76 -msgid "image1" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 msgid "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." msgstr "" @@ -312,10 +312,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None -msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "" @@ -328,10 +324,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None -msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 msgid "A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your challenge as follows:" msgstr "" @@ -364,10 +356,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be granted with a badge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None -msgid "View of the challenge form and a challenge being created for Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 msgid "Set up goals" msgstr "" @@ -384,10 +372,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame based on your management preferences, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None -msgid "View of the goal definition form and a goal definition being created for Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 msgid "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." msgstr "" @@ -400,10 +384,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None -msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 msgid "Outlook Extension" msgstr "" @@ -424,10 +404,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the Outlook Extension in Outlook" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 msgid "This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the desktop apps." msgstr "" @@ -477,34 +453,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More actions* button, displayed as three little dots." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "The button \"More actions\" in Outlook" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "List of actions in Outlook, including the installation of new add-ins" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 msgid "In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "Installation of a custom add-in in Outlook" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 msgid "Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "Getting a custom add-in in Outlook by providing the manifest file's URL" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 msgid "Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on *Install* to complete the installation." msgstr "" @@ -521,10 +481,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the other default actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:None -msgid "Odoo for Outlook extension as a default action in the mailbox" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 msgid "In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook settings*." msgstr "" @@ -533,10 +489,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "add Odoo for Outlook extension as a default action in the message surface" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 msgid "Connect to your database" msgstr "" @@ -553,10 +505,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "Connection to an Odoo database from the Outlook extension" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 msgid "Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you are already logged in with this browser." msgstr "" @@ -585,11 +533,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to buy credits to keep using this additional service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:None -msgid "\"Could not auto-complete the company: not enough credits!\" warning message in the Outlook\n" -"extension" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 msgid "You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead Enrichment*." msgstr "" @@ -636,10 +579,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner Autocomplete* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:None -msgid "View of settings page and the activations of the feature in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" msgstr "" @@ -652,14 +591,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:None -msgid "Creating a new contact in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:None -msgid "View of the information being shown about odoo with the autocomplete option in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 msgid "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a company name." msgstr "" @@ -680,6 +611,94 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Analyze performance" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*. The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password --> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse (table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group (table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" msgstr "" @@ -952,10 +971,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:10 +msgid "With **Odoo Point of Sale**, run your shops or restaurants easily. The app runs on the browser, but is able to continue working even if you are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:5 msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" @@ -1036,10 +1067,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 msgid "Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." msgstr "" @@ -1056,26 +1083,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 msgid "On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50% discount on oranges." msgstr "" @@ -1088,10 +1103,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of the pricelist feature" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 msgid "Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in the PoS and define a default one." msgstr "" @@ -1108,10 +1119,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" msgstr "" @@ -1120,10 +1127,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None -msgid "View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 msgid "Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. Then, you can finalize the order." msgstr "" @@ -1325,10 +1328,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable *Available in Point of Sale*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Product form. Making the product available in PoS." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." msgstr "" @@ -1341,10 +1340,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Creating a new payment method for a Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." msgstr "" @@ -1353,10 +1348,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Making the payment method available in a point of sale." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." msgstr "" @@ -1373,18 +1364,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Launching a new session." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Point of sale dashboard." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 msgid "Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." msgstr "" @@ -1401,18 +1384,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, repeat the process individually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Refunding a product with the point of sale app." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 msgid "When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, process the payment and validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Giving back money to customer in Odoo Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 msgid "Close the PoS session" msgstr "" @@ -1421,10 +1396,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on the dashboard view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "How to close a point of sale session." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 msgid "It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." msgstr "" @@ -1433,10 +1404,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and post the closing entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Point of sale sales report before closing the session." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 msgid "To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database ` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS `." msgstr "" @@ -1453,18 +1420,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or pivot form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Orders analysis with pivot view of the point of sale reporting feature." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "Accessing orders analysis via the point of sale dashboard. Reporting feature on the PoS form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "" @@ -1775,18 +1734,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "Restaurant set up. Enabling the is a bar/Restaurant feature on a PoS" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 msgid "New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that they are restaurant-specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "Several restaurant features. Bill printing, bill splitting and tips" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 msgid "Add a floor" msgstr "" @@ -1795,14 +1746,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the table management feature. Way to manage and create floors for a pos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "Backend view of a restaurant floor. Table name and number of sits for each table" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." msgstr "" @@ -1815,18 +1758,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the floors menu to manage several floors at the same time" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 msgid "Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the floor management. Add tables, the number of sits, their name and their shape" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 msgid "To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of sits the table can have." msgstr "" @@ -1839,10 +1774,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are taken to your main interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the pos interface to register orders" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 msgid "Transfer customer(s)" msgstr "" @@ -1855,19 +1786,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the restaurant tables, one having a pending order" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 msgid "Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are transferring your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the pos interface and transfer button. How to transfer customers from one table\n" -"to another" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "" @@ -1880,10 +1802,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None -msgid "View of the - button, allowing employees to close/remove an order" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" @@ -2244,6 +2162,122 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 +msgid "Rental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:5 +msgid "**Odoo Rental** is a comprehensive solution to manage your rentals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:7 +msgid "From a single view, you can send out quotations, confirm orders, schedule rentals, register when products are picked up and returned, and invoice your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Rental: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:12 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Rental `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17 +msgid "Rental Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:22 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Products`, select or create a product, and click on the product's *Rental* tab. Under *Rental Pricing*, click on *Add a price*. Then choose a *Unit* of time (hours, days, weeks, or months), a *Duration*, and a *Price*. You can add as many price lines as necessary, usually to give out discounts for longer rental durations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:32 +msgid "Under *Reservations*, you can add fines for any *Extra Hour* or *Extra Day*. You can also set a *Security Time*, expressed in hours, to make the product temporarily unavailable between two rental orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:37 +msgid "If you want to rent a product created outside of the Rental app, do not forget to tick *Can be Rented* under the product's name. By default, this option is ticked when you create a product directly from the Rental app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:42 +msgid "Computing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo always uses two rules to compute the price of a product when you create a rental order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:46 +msgid "Only one price line is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:47 +msgid "The cheapest line is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:50 +msgid "Consider the following rental pricing configuration for a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:52 +msgid "1 day: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:53 +msgid "3 days: $250" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:54 +msgid "1 week: $500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:56 +msgid "A customer wants to rent this product for eight days. What price will they pay?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:58 +msgid "After an order is created, Odoo selects the second line as this is the cheapest option. The customer has to pay three times '3 days' to cover the rental's eight days, for a total of $750." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:64 +msgid "Customer signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:66 +msgid "You can ask your customers to sign a rental agreement outlining the arrangement between you and your customers before they pick up products to make sure your products are returned on time and in their original condition. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate *Digital Documents*, and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:76 +msgid "This feature requires the :doc:`Sign <../finance/sign>` app. If necessary, Odoo installs it after activating *Digital Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:79 +msgid "Once the app settings are saved, you have the option to change the default *Rental Agreement* from the dropdown menu. You can pick any document already uploaded to the *Sign* app, or upload a new one to the *Sign* app by clicking on *Upload Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:83 +msgid "To request a customer signature, select a confirmed rental order, click on *Sign Documents*, choose the document template and click on *Sign Documents* again. On the next window, select your customer and click on *Sign Now* to start the signing process with your customer. Once the document is completed, click on *Validate & Send Completed Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:89 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:94 +msgid "Pickup and Return receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:96 +msgid "You can print and give your customers receipts when they pick up and/or return products. To do so, open any rental order, click on *Print* and select *Pickup and Return Receipt*. Odoo then generates a PDF detailing all information about the current status of the rented items: which were picked up, when they are expected to be returned, which were returned, and potential rental delay costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Sales** is the application to run your sales process (from quotation to sales order) and deliver and invoice what has been sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sales Tutorials `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" @@ -2511,7 +2545,7 @@ msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" @@ -2557,54 +2591,66 @@ msgid "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "Starting from July 2021, Amazon requires that deliveries be provided with a tracking reference. This concerns all marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +msgid "If this is not already done, you need to :ref:`install ` the **Delivery Costs** module in order to provide the tracking reference. There is unfortunately no workaround to comply with this new Amazon policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:51 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:53 msgid "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:60 msgid "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 msgid "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 msgid "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 msgid "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 msgid "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:100 msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -2930,10 +2976,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able to create an invoice**." msgstr "" @@ -2946,26 +2988,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the down payment (as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 msgid "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order and draft invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 msgid "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed amount." msgstr "" @@ -2982,18 +3012,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the **Accounting Tab** on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None -msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" @@ -3092,10 +3114,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under **Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:None -msgid "How to choose your invoicing policy on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" @@ -3108,10 +3126,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:None -msgid "How to change your invoicing policy on a product form on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" @@ -3128,18 +3142,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an error message as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:0 -msgid "How the choice of your invoicing policy impacts your sales flow on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 msgid "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:None -msgid "How to see your delivered and invoiced quantities on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 msgid "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a partial delivery)." msgstr "" @@ -3842,10 +3848,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:None -msgid "How to configure deadlines on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" @@ -3854,18 +3856,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:None -msgid "How to use deadline in a quotation template on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:0 -msgid "How customers will see deadlines on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 @@ -3886,10 +3880,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None -msgid "How to enable different customer addresses on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" @@ -3898,10 +3888,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None -msgid "How to add addresses from a quotation on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" @@ -3914,10 +3900,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None -msgid "How to add addresses from a contact form on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "" @@ -3926,18 +3908,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None -msgid "How to manage different customer addresses on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None -msgid "Automatic quotation fields filling on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" @@ -3958,10 +3932,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:None -msgid "How to enable online payment on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" @@ -3978,10 +3948,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:None -msgid "How to register a payment on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" @@ -4014,11 +3980,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 -msgid "How to enable online signature on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" @@ -4031,10 +3992,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:None -msgid "How to confirm an order with a signature on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -4059,34 +4016,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:None -msgid "How to add optional products to your quotations on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from their received email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:0 -msgid "Preview your quotations on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the salesman." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:None -msgid "How to select optional products on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and tracking the order will be all the better." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:None -msgid "How to follow each movement made by your customers on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" @@ -4099,10 +4040,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where you can add related products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:None -msgid "How to add optional products to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" @@ -4119,18 +4056,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 msgid "Create your first template" @@ -4144,10 +4073,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" @@ -4160,18 +4085,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on **Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" @@ -4180,10 +4097,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default template in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" @@ -4196,10 +4109,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None -msgid "Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" @@ -4230,10 +4139,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the **Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" @@ -4246,10 +4151,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" @@ -4262,10 +4163,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: :doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." msgstr "" @@ -4282,18 +4179,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" msgstr "" @@ -4302,10 +4191,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "" @@ -4314,10 +4199,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." msgstr "" @@ -4326,10 +4207,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:8 msgid "Subscriptions" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "**Odoo Subscriptions** is used to run recurring businesses: sell new contracts, upsell customers, keep the churn under control and have reporting on the main KPIs: MRR, ARR, retention, churn, upselling, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 msgid "Add subscription products" msgstr "" @@ -4354,12 +4243,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:0 -msgid "View of a subscription product form in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 msgid "In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the *Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another application, it is not the case." msgstr "" @@ -4431,10 +4314,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create your own ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:None -msgid "Default subscription templates on Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 msgid "The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales** and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." msgstr "" @@ -4443,10 +4322,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per *Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a *Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an invoice email template to your subscription templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:None -msgid "Create your own subscription templates on Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 msgid "For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* options." msgstr "" @@ -4455,18 +4330,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation, complaints, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:0 -msgid "Terms & conditions on Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 msgid "Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able to manage them in one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:0 -msgid "Health check on Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 msgid "After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to complete the sales flow." msgstr "" @@ -4509,10 +4376,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:None -msgid "New automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 msgid "On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the stage to which you want to apply this alert." msgstr "" @@ -4533,10 +4396,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear in the chatter of your respective subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:None -msgid "Satisfaction survey in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" msgstr "" @@ -4545,10 +4404,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less satisfied clients*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:None -msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 msgid "This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." msgstr "" @@ -4585,10 +4440,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this estimation does not take variations and growth into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None -msgid "Difference between MRR and ARR in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 msgid "**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of businesses." msgstr "" @@ -4625,10 +4476,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "of 9,33%." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 -msgid "Difference between logo churn and revenue churn in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 msgid "Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the time, it might not be the case all the time." msgstr "" @@ -4649,10 +4496,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, *Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example, *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by *Week*, to get a clear view of your report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None -msgid "Subscriptions analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 msgid "Retention analysis report" msgstr "" @@ -4661,10 +4504,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can see the progression of the retention from its start." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None -msgid "Retention analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 msgid "Revenue KPIs report" msgstr "" @@ -4673,18 +4512,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking for specific information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None -msgid "Revenue KPIs report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 msgid "The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None -msgid "Detailed MRR report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" msgstr "" @@ -4693,10 +4524,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None -msgid "Salesperson dashboard report in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:5 msgid "Sales flow" msgstr "" @@ -4725,10 +4552,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close their own subscriptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None -msgid "Configuration to close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" @@ -4745,18 +4568,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None -msgid "Close your subscription from an administration point of view with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 msgid "By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None -msgid "What happens when you close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 msgid "Customer view" msgstr "" @@ -4765,26 +4580,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close Subscription* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None -msgid "Close your subscription from a customer point of view with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 msgid "By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None -msgid "What happens when customers close their subscription with Odoo Subscriptions?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 msgid "By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing text added by the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None -msgid "What happens when customers close their subscription in Odoo Subscriptions?" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 msgid "Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" @@ -4817,18 +4620,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously configured as a *Subscription product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:None -msgid "View of a quotation form in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 msgid "When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:None -msgid "Customer preview of a quotation form in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 msgid "From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." msgstr "" @@ -4841,18 +4636,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:None -msgid "Quotation form in Odoo Sales with a button \"Subscriptions\"" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 msgid "By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: :doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:None -msgid "Use of the intelligent button \"Subscriptions\" in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 msgid "In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is *Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*. Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status becomes *Closed*." msgstr "" @@ -4893,18 +4680,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:None -msgid "Renew your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 msgid "The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears on the top right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:0 -msgid "Customer preview of a renewal with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 msgid "When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." msgstr "" @@ -4913,18 +4692,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:0 -msgid "Renew a quotation with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 msgid "By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily visualize which one is your renewal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:0 -msgid "Renewal as Subscription Management form in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" msgstr "" @@ -4933,10 +4704,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the filter *To renew*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:None -msgid "List view of all subscriptions and use of the filter to renew in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 msgid "Upsell a subscription" msgstr "" @@ -4957,10 +4724,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the *Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None -msgid "Activation of the discount option in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 msgid "Upsell your first subscription" msgstr "" @@ -4969,18 +4732,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell your subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None -msgid "Upsell your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 msgid "By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None -msgid "Add products to your subscription via the upsell option in Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 msgid "When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" @@ -4989,18 +4744,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer wanted to purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None -msgid "Visualize all your subscriptions updates with Odoo Subscriptions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 msgid "In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None -msgid "List view of all sales orders created for a subscription" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 msgid "The only difference between your two sales orders is the description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily visualize which one is your upselling." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/services.pot b/locale/sources/services.pot index d4e6d0e2a..8f6e7a630 100644 --- a/locale/sources/services.pot +++ b/locale/sources/services.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 13:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-08-10 09:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -17,16 +17,19 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: ../../content/applications/services.rst:5 -#: ../../content/services.rst:5 msgid "Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:8 msgid "Field Service" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Field Service `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -46,18 +49,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:None -msgid "Onsite interventions setting in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 msgid "The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button. Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:None -msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk ticket in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:5 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" @@ -98,16 +93,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:None -msgid "Product configuration to create tasks from sales orders in Odoo Field Service" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 msgid "From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is directly accessible from the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:None -msgid "Field Service task on a sales order in Odoo Sales" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5 @@ -190,13 +181,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None -msgid "Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" @@ -225,10 +209,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None -msgid "Reports on Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -257,28 +237,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are allowed per question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on the ticket's page." msgstr "" @@ -295,27 +261,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 msgid "Todo" msgstr "" @@ -344,10 +297,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels (example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" msgstr "" @@ -368,11 +317,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the productivity and visibility features\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" @@ -389,18 +333,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a stage’s setting page emphasizing the option to add teams in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a team’s kanban view in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users`" msgstr "" @@ -417,27 +353,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the rating on ticket feature\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "Overview of a helpdesk team kanban view emphasizing the menu edit stage in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" @@ -450,11 +373,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "View of the helpdesk ticket from a user’s portal emphasizing the link to the helpdesk team\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 @@ -477,10 +395,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and enable the following features as you want them to be available to your users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk teams setting page emphasizing the channels options in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 msgid "Email Alias" msgstr "" @@ -493,11 +407,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias Domain*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the email alias feature\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email server." msgstr "" @@ -514,19 +423,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the Go to Website button in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of the website form to submit a ticket for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 msgid "Live Chat" msgstr "" @@ -539,11 +439,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* - and :doc:`set up your channel `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the live chat features and links\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 msgid "Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command ` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." msgstr "" @@ -568,10 +463,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None -msgid "View of a team’s kanban view and the prioritized tasks in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 msgid ":doc:`sla`" @@ -609,10 +500,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous Period* or a *Previous Year*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket analysis by team and ticket type in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." msgstr "" @@ -621,10 +508,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how many requests they are able to handle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket analysis by team and close date in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 msgid "Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." msgstr "" @@ -637,11 +520,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close (hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want their issues to be handled quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of helpdesk ticket analysis of the hours to close by ticket type and team in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 msgid "Save filters" msgstr "" @@ -650,11 +528,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None -msgid "View of helpdesk ticket analysis emphasizing the option to add a filter as a favorite one\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" msgstr "" @@ -679,10 +552,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None -msgid "View of an SLA form in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 msgid "Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority** a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." msgstr "" @@ -695,10 +564,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and the deadline field is not shown anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None -msgid "View of a ticket’s form emphasizing a satisfied SLA in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 msgid "SLA Analysis" msgstr "" @@ -707,10 +572,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and keep track of upcoming deadlines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None -msgid "View of the SLA status analysis page emphasizing the group by option in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" msgstr "" @@ -735,11 +596,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be ultimately modified on each ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" msgstr "" @@ -752,19 +608,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 msgid "Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the *Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, automating the process." msgstr "" @@ -785,10 +632,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the customer and *Confirm* the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" msgstr "" @@ -797,10 +640,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" msgstr "" @@ -809,10 +648,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the task created by the confirmation of the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" msgstr "" @@ -821,18 +656,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under the *Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 msgid "Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered* column in the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 msgid "Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on the dedicated task." msgstr "" @@ -865,10 +692,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:None -msgid "Bill from Tasks in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" @@ -877,19 +700,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:None -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:None -msgid "Sales Order from a task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:5 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "" @@ -926,10 +749,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:None -msgid "In the settings of your project, define the emails alias under the tab email in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 msgid "All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as followers of the task." msgstr "" @@ -938,11 +757,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:None -msgid "View of the email alias chosen on the dashboard view in Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:8 msgid "Timesheets" msgstr "" @@ -958,19 +773,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None -msgid "View of Timesheets setting enabling the feature record time off in Odoo Timesheets" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be validated or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None -msgid "View of a time off types form emphasizing the time off requests and timesheets section in\n" -"Odoo Time Off" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 msgid "Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and task." msgstr "" @@ -979,446 +785,94 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to 15th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None -msgid "View of the time off request form in Odoo Time Off" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 msgid "Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating does it so." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None -msgid "Video of timesheets emphasizing the requested time off from the employee in Odoo Timesheets" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 msgid "Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the project/task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None -msgid "View of the details of a project/task in Odoo Timeheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support.rst:5 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 -msgid "Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:69 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:69 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:69 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:69 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:69 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:69 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:69 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:69 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:69 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:69 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:69 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:69 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:69 -msgid "green" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:75 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:75 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:75 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:75 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:75 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:75 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:75 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:75 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:75 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:75 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:75 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:75 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:75 -msgid "orange" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:72 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:72 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:72 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:72 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:72 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:72 -msgid "red" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 -msgid "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 -msgid "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 -msgid "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:85 -msgid "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 msgid "5 days a week" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 msgid "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 msgid "What kind of support is included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 msgid "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, etc...)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 msgid "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg. “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 msgid "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to misconfiguration or customization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 msgid "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 msgid "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:40 msgid "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to help you implement your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 msgid "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many resources)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 msgid "Import of documents into your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 msgid "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 msgid "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 msgid "Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 msgid "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or involving code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 +#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 msgid "You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use Odoo." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our support teams through our `support form `_, no matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 -msgid "Ask your question on the `community forum `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise ` to get the support and bugfix services." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sphinx.pot b/locale/sources/sphinx.pot index 0f5002363..db0a2c21c 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sphinx.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sphinx.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:09+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-08-10 09:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -29,131 +29,112 @@ msgid "Ask the Odoo Community" msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/header.html:11 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:7 msgid "Try Odoo for FREE" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:4 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:3 msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:5 -msgid "The comprehensive guide for Odoo users. Easily find the tutorial and helpful tips that suit your needs." +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:8 +msgid "User Docs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:9 +msgid "Discover our guide to help you use and configure the platform, by applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:10 +msgid "Top Apps" msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:14 -msgid "Applications" +msgid "Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:15 -msgid "Master any app thanks to their end-user guides. Our wide array of functional workflows and processes are designed to help you unleash Odoo's potential." +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:19 +msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:16 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:43 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:72 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:99 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:123 -msgid "Top Links" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:24 +msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:20 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:25 -msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:30 -msgid "Import data into Odoo" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:29 +msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:35 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgid "Install and Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:36 +msgid "Learn how to install, deploy and upgrade Odoo on premise or on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:37 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:66 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:98 +msgid "Top Links" msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:41 -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:42 -msgid "Easily setup your first Odoo installation. From downloads to day-to-day database administration, the dedicated tutorials have got you covered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:47 msgid "Installing Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:52 -msgid "Deploying Odoo" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:46 +msgid "System configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:57 -msgid "Updating Odoo" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:51 +msgid "Bugfix updates" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:62 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:56 +msgid "Odoo.sh: The Odoo Cloud Platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:70 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:64 msgid "Developer" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:71 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:65 msgid "Learn to develop in Odoo by reading the framework references and programmer tutorials." msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:76 -msgid "ORM API" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:70 +msgid "Tutorial: Getting started" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:81 -msgid "Building a Module" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:75 +msgid "ORM" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:86 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:80 +msgid "Regular Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:85 +msgid "QWeb Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:90 msgid "External API" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:91 -msgid "Command-line interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:97 -msgid "Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:98 -msgid "Find out how to open a support ticket should you need to contact a Customer Service Representative." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:103 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:108 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:113 -msgid "Legal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:121 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:96 msgid "Contributing" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:122 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:97 msgid "You want to contribute to Odoo but don't know where to start? The tutorials and guidelines are there to help you make Odoo even better." msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:127 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:102 msgid "Write documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:132 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:107 msgid "Content guidelines" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot index 54fb7dad1..bbffe6df0 100644 --- a/locale/sources/websites.pot +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 13:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-08-10 09:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,10 +20,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:10 +msgid "Run a modern open-source online store with Odoo eCommerce. Learn how to sell online, promote products and increase your average cart sizes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Website `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: eCommerce `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "" @@ -137,99 +151,139 @@ msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgid "Manage product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the available options." +msgid "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your customers on the product's page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:8 +msgid "Let's say one of your customers selects a T-shirt from your product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 -msgid "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "Then, they choose the size and color they want. The various size and color combinations are known as product variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:14 +msgid "Create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "In order to create various attributes and variants for your products, you first need to turn on *Variants* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:19 +msgid "Then, select a product from the Products list (:menuselection:`Sales / Website --> Products --> Products`). When the product detail form opens, click on *Edit*, and go to the *Variants* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgid "Here, you can add as many different attributes as you'd like by clicking on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:24 +msgid "These attributes appear as three different types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:27 +msgid "Color buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "Drop-down menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" +msgid "Several variants appear as soon as there are two values for one attribute." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgid "Don't forget to hit *Save* once all variants have been entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:39 +msgid "Edit variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:41 +msgid "After you hit *Save*, you are able to see all the variants from the product template detail form via the *Variants* smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "Clicking the *Variants* smart button takes you to the Product Variants page, where you can edit the following data for each specific variant:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Picture(s)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:52 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need to populate them once the variants generated." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "Barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of variants." +msgid "Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:56 +msgid "Cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 -msgid "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding attribute value is selected." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:59 +msgid "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need to populate them once the variants are generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 -msgid "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:63 +msgid "Set specific prices per variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:65 +msgid "You can set a specific public price per variant by clicking on *Configure Variants* in the product detail form (top-left corner). That takes you to the *Product Variant Values* page for that product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:72 +msgid "To set a specific public price for a particular variant, simply click on the variant you want to modify, then click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:75 +msgid "The *Value Price Extra* field represents the monetary value that is added to the original product price whenever the corresponding attribute value is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgid "This is how the *Value Price Extra* looks on your website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants list. You can reactivate them the same way." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "Disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:95 +msgid "You can disable/archive specific variants so they are no longer available in quotes or on your website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, etc.). Simply select *Archive* in their detail form. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "To retrieve such items, hit *Archived* in the *Filters* category while searching the variants list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:5 @@ -490,18 +544,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:None -msgid "payment is confirmed in the chatter of sales order" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:24 msgid "If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry, which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to the related Journal Entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:None -msgid "page with details surrounding the specific transaction" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:32 msgid "Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." msgstr "" @@ -530,10 +576,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:None -msgid "example of automatic invoice" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" msgstr "" @@ -586,10 +628,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "Live Chat" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 msgid "Overview" @@ -611,18 +657,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 msgid "For both scenarios, under:" msgstr "" @@ -639,10 +677,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" @@ -659,10 +693,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a single live chat page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 msgid "Managing chat requests" msgstr "" @@ -671,10 +701,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in Odoo" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 msgid "Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online operators." msgstr "" @@ -687,10 +713,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None -msgid "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`ratings`" @@ -725,26 +747,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "View of the chat window from a user’s side for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "View of a chat window from an operator’s side highlighting a rating for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "View of the customer ratings page in Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "Make the rating public" msgstr "" @@ -753,10 +763,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the rating of that channel on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:None -msgid "View of the public ratings in the website for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" msgstr "" @@ -809,10 +815,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:None -msgid "View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 msgid "Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." msgstr "" @@ -829,12 +831,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:None -msgid "View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 +msgid "Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:5 -msgid "Website" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:10 +msgid "Discover the best **Open-Source Website Builder** and learn how to build beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:5 @@ -945,10 +947,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Link Trackers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:None -msgid "View of Website settings page emphasizing the link trackers field in Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 msgid "Set up traceable URLs" msgstr "" @@ -957,10 +955,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the campaign, medium, and source being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:None -msgid "View of the link tracker fields for Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 msgid "**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a product's page)." msgstr "" @@ -989,10 +983,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the *Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the country of origin for those clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:None -msgid "View of the tracked list emphasizing the statistics buttons in Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." msgstr "" @@ -1729,6 +1719,66 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can customize the file *robots* in :ref:`developer mode ` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash (free images)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:9 +msgid "**As a SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:13 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Saas users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:15 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:17 +msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard `_ and click on **New Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:23 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:28 +msgid "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a **Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on **Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:35 +msgid "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:42 +msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:46 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:49 +msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:51 +msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard `_ and click on your newly created Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:57 +msgid "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:65 +msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:5 msgid "Publish" msgstr "" @@ -2250,7 +2300,7 @@ msgid "If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in ``/usr/share/GeoI msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39